Nokia Solutions and Networks T5ZR1 SC4812ET 800 MHz CDMA BTS Frame User Manual Users BTS Optimization Manual

Nokia Solutions and Networks SC4812ET 800 MHz CDMA BTS Frame Users BTS Optimization Manual

Users BTS Optimization Manual

Cellular Infrastructure Group FCC ID: IHET5ZR1USERS MANUAL EXHIBITPLEASE NOTE: Manual documentation for the SC4812ET @800 MHz CDMA BTS is currently under development and issimilar to the manual for SC4812ET @ 1.9 Ghz CDMA BTSwith FCC ID #IHET6YZ1. Please refer to the attached manualfor this submission.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION &DOCUMENTATIONPREMIER GLOBAL INFORMATION PROVIDERSCt4812ETBTS Optimization/ATP1900 MHz CDMA68P64114A42–2PRELIMINARY 2CDMA LMF - Software Release 9.0
NoticeWhile reasonable efforts have been made to assure the accuracy of this document, Motorola, Inc. assumes no liability resulting from anyinaccuracies or omissions in this document, or from use of the information obtained herein. The information in this document has beencarefully checked and is believed to be entirely reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed for inaccuracies or omissions. Motorola,Inc. reserves the right to make changes to any products described herein and reserves the right to revise this document and to makechanges from time to time in content hereof with no obligation to notify any person of revisions or changes. Motorola, Inc. does notassume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product, software, or circuit described herein; neither does it conveylicense under its patent rights or the rights of others.It is possible that this publication may contain references to, or information about Motorola products (machines and programs),programming, or services that are not announced in your country. Such references or information must not be construed to meanthat Motorola intends to announce such Motorola products, programming, or services in your country.CopyrightsThis instruction manual, and the Motorola products described in this instruction manual may be, include or describe copyrightedMotorola material, such as computer programs stored in semiconductor memories or other media. Laws in the United States andother countries preserve for Motorola certain exclusive rights for copyrighted material, including the exclusive right to copy,reproduce in any form, distribute and make derivative works of the copyrighted material. Accordingly, any copyrighted Motorolamaterial contained herein or in the Motorola products described in this instruction manual may not be copied, reproduced,distributed, merged or modified in any manner without the express written permission of Motorola. Furthermore, the purchase ofMotorola products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license under thecopyrights, patents or patent applications of Motorola, as arises by operation of law in the sale of a product.Usage and Disclosure RestrictionsLicense AgreementThe software described in this document is the property of Motorola, Inc. It is furnished by express license agreement only and maybe used only in accordance with the terms of such an agreement.Copyrighted MaterialsSoftware and documentation are copyrighted materials. Making unauthorized copies is prohibited by law. No part of the software ordocumentation may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language orcomputer language, in any form or by any means, without prior written permission of Motorola, Inc.High Risk ActivitiesComponents, units, or third–party products used in the product described herein are NOT fault–tolerant and are NOT designed,manufactured, or intended for use as on–line control equipment in the following hazardous environments requiring fail–safecontrols: the operation of Nuclear Facilities, Aircraft Navigation or Aircraft Communication Systems, Air Traffic Control, LifeSupport, or Weapons Systems (“High Risk Activities”). Motorola and its supplier(s) specifically disclaim any expressed or impliedwarranty of fitness for such High Risk Activities.Trademarks and Motorola are registered trademarks of Motorola, Inc.Product and service names profiled herein are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Other manufacturers’ products or services profiledherein may be referred to by trademarks of their respective companies.Copyright Copyright 1999 Motorola, Inc. All Rights ReservedPrinted on Recyclable PaperREV010598SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE
July 1999 iSC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table of ContentsSC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFCDMA 1900 MHzList of Figures v. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . List of Tables vii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Information xi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreword xii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Safety xv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision History xvii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Patent Notification xviii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 1: IntroductionOptimization Overview 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BTS Equipment Identification 1-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 2: Preliminary OperationsPreliminary Operations: Overview 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Cabinet Initial Power Up 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pre–Power–up Tests 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 3: Optimization/CalibrationOptimization/Calibration – Introduction 3-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preparing the LMF 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using CDMA LMF 3-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Download the BTS 3-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification 3-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment Setup 3-40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Set Calibration 3-51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFDS Setup and Calibration 3-72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR 3-79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999iiChapter 4: Automated Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP)Automated Acceptance Test Procedures – All-inclusive TX & RX 4-1. . . . . . . . . . TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test 4-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Waveform Quality (rho) Acceptance Test 4-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Pilot Time Offset Acceptance Test 4-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Code Domain Power Acceptance Test 4-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RX Frame Error Rate (FER) Acceptance Test 4-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generate an ATP Report 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 5: Basic TroubleshootingBasic Troubleshooting Overview 5-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting: Installation 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting: Download 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting: Calibration 5-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting: Transmit ATP 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting: Receive ATP 5-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting: CSM Checklist 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting 5-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors 5-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Troubleshooting – Span Control Link 5-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 6: Leaving the SitePrepare to Leave the Site 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Test Equipment Removal 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating CBSC LMF Files 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC 6-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LMF Removal 6-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reestablish OMC-R Control/ Verifying T1/E1 6-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A: Data SheetsOptimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets A-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Site Serial Number Check List A-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test MatrixUsage & Background B-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detailed Optimization/ATP Test Matrix B-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents – continuedJuly 1999 iiiSC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Appendix C: BBX Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output ConsiderationsBBX2 Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output Considerations C-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Usage & Background C-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix D: CDMA Operating Frequency InformationIntroduction D-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCS Channels D-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculating Center Frequencies D-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix E: PN Offset/I & Q Offset Register Programming InformationPN Offset Background E-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PN Offset Usage E-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index Index-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999ivNotes
July 1999 vSC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2List of FiguresSC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFCDMA 1900 MHzFigure 1-1: SC 4812ET RF Cabinet 1-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 1-2: SC4812ET RF Cabinet Internal FRUs 1-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 1-3: C-CCP Shelf Layout 1-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 1-4: SC 4812ET Intercabinet I/O Detail (Rear View) 1-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 1-5: RFDS Location in an SC 4812ET RF Cabinet 1-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 2-1: Backplane DIP Switch Settings 2-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 2-2: DC Distribution Pre-test 2-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-1: Punch Block for Span I/O 3-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-2: LMF Connection Detail 3-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-3: LMF Folder Structure 3-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-4: BTS Folder Name Syntax Example 3-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-5: CAL File Name Syntax Example 3-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-6: CDF Name Syntax Example 3-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-7: Code Load File Name Syntax Example 3-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-8: DDS File Name Syntax Example 3-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-9: BTS Ethernet LAN Interconnect Diagram 3-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-10: Single–frame BTS with a RFDS 3-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-11: Four–frame BTS with an RFDS BTS 3-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-12: Sample LMF Status Report 3-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-13: CSM MMI Terminal Connection 3-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-14: Null Modem Cable Detail 3-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-15: Cable Calibration Test Setup 3-44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-16: TX calibration test setup (CyberTest and HP 8935) 3-45. . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-17: TX calibration test setup (Advantest and HP 8921A W/PCS for 1700/1900) 3-46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-18: Optimization/ATP test setup calibration (CyberTest, HP 8935 and Advantest) 3-47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-19: Optimization/ATP test setup HP 8921A W/PCS 3-48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-20: Typical TX ATP Setup with Directional Coupler (shown with and without RFDS) 3-49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Figures – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999viFigure 3-21: Typical RX ATP Setup with Directional Coupler (shown with or without RFDS) 3-50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-22: Typical Network Test Equipment Setup 3-53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-23: Calibrating Test Equipment Setup for TX BLO and TX ATP Tests(using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer) 3-58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-24: Calibrating Test Equipment Setup for RX ATP Test(using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer) 3-59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-25: Manual VSWR Test Setup Using HP8921 Test Set 3-81. . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3-26: Manual VSWR Test Setup Using Advantest R3465 3-83. . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-1: TX/RX Connections 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-2: TX Mask Verification Spectrum Analyzer Display 4-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-3: Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Levels 4-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6-1: CSM Front Panel Indicators & Monitor Ports 5-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6-2: GLI2 Front Panel 5-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6-3: MCC24 Front Panel 5-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure D-1: North American PCS Frequency Spectrum (CDMA Allocation) D-1. .
July 1999 viiSC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2List of TablesSC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFCDMA 1900 MHzTable 1-1: CDMA LMF Test Equipment Support Table 1-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 1-2: BTS Sector Configuration 1-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 1-3: Sector Configurations 1-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-1: Initial Installation of Boards/Modules 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-2: AC Voltage Measurements 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-3: Power Up Tests 2-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-4: Battery Charge Test 2-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-5: RF Cabinet Power Up 2-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-6: Battery Discharge Test 2-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-7: Heat Exchanger Test 2-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-8: Heat Exchanger Alarm 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-9: Door Alarm 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-10: AC Fail Alarm 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-11: Minor Alarm 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-12: Single Rectifier Fail or Minor Alarm 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-13: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-14: Single Rectifier Fail or Minor Alarm 2-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-15: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm 2-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-16: Battery Over Temperature Alarm 2-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-17: Rectifier Over Temperature Alarm 2-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-18: DC Power Pre–test (RF Cabinet and Power Cabinet) 2-15. . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-2: T1/E1 Span Isolation 3-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-3: LMF to BTS Connection 3-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-4: CD ROM Installation 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-5: Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette 3-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-6: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC 3-10. . . . . . . Table 3-7: BTS Login Procedure 3-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-8: Procedures to Logout of a BTS 3-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-9: Pinging the Processors 3-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Tables – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999viiiTable 3-10: Selecting and Deselecting Devices 3-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-11: Enabling Devices 3-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-13: Resetting Devices 3-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-14: Get Device Status 3-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-15: Sorting Status Report Windows 3-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-16: Download Code 3-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-17: Download Data to Non–MGLI Devices 3-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-18: Enable CSMs 3-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-19: Enable MCCs 3-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-20: Test Equipment Setup (GPS & LFR/HSO Verification) 3-31. . . . . . . . . Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/Verification 3-34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-22: LORAN–C Initialization/Verification 3-38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-23: Test Equipment Setup 3-41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-24: Selecting Test Equipment Manually in a Serial Connection Tab 3-52. . Table 3-25: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-Detect 3-53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-26: Selecting Test Equipment Manually Using a Network Connection Tab 3-54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-27: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-Detect 3-54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-28: Test Equipment Calibration 3-55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-29: Cable Calibration 3-56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-30: Calibrating TX Cables Using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer 3-57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-31: Calibrating RX Cables Using a Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer 3-58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-32: Setting Cable Loss Values 3-60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-33: BLO BTS.cal file Array Assignments 3-63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-34: BTS.cal file Array (per sector) 3-64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-35: Test Equipment Setup (RF Path Calibration) 3-65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-36: BTS TX Path Calibration 3-66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-37: Download BLO 3-67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-38: TX Path Audit 3-69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-39: All Cal/Audit Test 3-70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-40: Create CAL File 3-71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-41: RFDS Parameter Settings 3-73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-42: Definition of Parameters 3-74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-43: Valid NAM Field Ranges 3-75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-44: Program NAM Procedure 3-76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-45: RFDS Calibration 3-78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Tables – continuedJuly 1999 ixSC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 3-46: VSWR Measurement Procedure – HP 8921 Test Set 3-80. . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-47: VSWR Measurement Procedure – Advantest Test Set 3-82. . . . . . . . . . Table 4-1: All TX Acceptance Test 4-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-2: All RX Acceptance Test 4-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-3: All TX/RX ATP 4-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-4: Full Optimization ATP 4-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-5: TX Mask ATP 4-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-6: Rho ATP 4-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-7: Pilot Time Offset Test ATP 4-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-8: Code Domain Power Test 4-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-9: Frame Error Rate (FER) ATP 4-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-10: Generate an ATP Report 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-11: Procedure to a Test Report 4-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-1: Login Failure Troubleshooting Procedures 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-2: Troubleshooting a Power Meter Communication Failure 5-2. . . . . . . . Table 6-3: Troubleshooting a Communications Analyzer Communication Failure 5-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-4: Troubleshooting Code Download Failure 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-5: Troubleshooting Data Download Failure 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-6: Troubleshooting Device Enable (INS) Failure 5-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-7: Miscellaneous Failures 5-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-8: Troubleshooting BLO Calibration Failure 5-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-9: Troubleshooting Calibration Audit Failure 5-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-10: Troubleshooting TX Mask Measurement Failure 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-11: Troubleshooting Rho and Pilot Time Offset Measurement Failure 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-12: Troubleshooting Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Measurement Failure 5-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-13: Troubleshooting Carrier Measurement Failure 5-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-14: Troubleshooting Multi-FER Failure 5-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-15: No GLI2 Control via LMF (all GLI2s) 5-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-16: No GLI2 Control through Span Line Connection (Both GLI2s) 5-16. . Table 6-17: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over Co–located GLI2 5-16. . . . . Table 6-18: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over AMR 5-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-19: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over Co–located GLI2s 5-17. . . . . Table 6-20: BBX2 Control Good – No (or Missing) Span Line Traffic 5-18. . . . . . . Table 6-21: No MCC24 Channel Elements 5-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-22: No DC Input Voltage to Power Supply Module 5-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Tables – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999xTable 6-23: No DC Input Voltage to any C–CCP Shelf Module 5-20. . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-24: No DC Input Voltage to any C–CCP Shelf Module 5-20. . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-25: Troubleshooting Control Link Failure 5-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-1: External Test Equipment Removal 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-2: Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette using the LMF 6-1. . . . . . . . . . Table 6-3: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC 6-2. . . . . . . Table 6-4: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC 6-3. . . . . . . Table A-1: Verification of Test Equipment Used A-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A-2: Site Checklist A-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A-3: Preliminary Operations A-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A-4: GPS Receiver Operation A-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A-5: LFR Receiver Operation A-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A-6: LPA IM Reduction A-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A-7: TX BLO Calibration (3–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier and 4–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels) A-8. . . . . Table A-8: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration (3–Sector: 2–Carrier Adjacent Channels) A-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A-9: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration (3–Sector: 3 or 4–Carrier Adjacent Channels) A-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A-10: TX BLO Calibration (6–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels) A-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A-11: TX Antenna VSWR A-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A-12: RX Antenna VSWR A-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A-13: AMR CDI Alarm Input Verification A-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-1: When RF Optimization Is required on the BTS B-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-2: When to Optimize Inter–frame Cabling B-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-3: SC 4812ET BTS Optimization and ATP Test Matrix B-4. . . . . . . . . . . Table C-1: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. Actual BTS Output (in dBm) C-1. . . . . . . . . Table D-1: TX and RX Frequency vs. Channel D-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn E-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips E-3. . .
Product InformationJuly 1999 xi68P64114A42SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Model & Options ChartsRefer to the SC 4812ET Field Replaceable Units manual(68P64113A24) for detailed model structure and option informationThis document covers only the steps required to verify the functionalityof the Base transceiver Subsystem (BTS) equipment prior to systemlevel testing, and is intended to supplement site specific applicationinstructions. It also should be used in conjunction with existing productmanuals. Additional steps may be required.
ForewordPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999xiiScope of manualThis manual is intended for use by cellular telephone systemcraftspersons in the day-to-day operation of Motorola cellular systemequipment and ancillary devices. It is assumed that the user of thisinformation has a general understanding of telephony, as used in theoperation of the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), and isfamiliar with these concepts as they are applied in the cellularmobile/portable radiotelephone environment. The user, however, is notexpected to have any detailed technical knowledge of the internaloperation of the equipment.This manual is not intended to replace the system and equipmenttraining offered by Motorola, although it can be used to supplement orenhance the knowledge gained through such training.Text conventionsThe following special paragraphs are used in this manual to point outinformation that must be read. This information may be set-off from thesurrounding text, but is always preceded by a bold title in capital letters.The four categories of these special paragraphs are:Presents additional, helpful, non-critical information thatyou can use.NOTEPresents information to help you avoid an undesirablesituation or provides additional information to help youunderstand a topic or concept.IMPORTANT*Presents information to identify a situation in whichequipment damage could occur, thus avoiding damage toequipment.CAUTIONPresents information to warn you of a potentiallyhazardous situation in which there is a possibility ofpersonal injury.WARNING . . . continued on next page
Foreword – continuedJuly 1999 xiiiSC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2The following typographical conventions are used for the presentation ofsoftware information:In text, typewriter style characters representprompts and the system output as displayed on a Hyperterminal screen.Changes to manualChanges that occur after the printing date are incorporated into yourmanual by Cellular Manual Revisions (CMRs). The information in thismanual is updated, as required, by a CMR when new options andprocedures become available for general use or when engineeringchanges occur. The cover sheet(s) that accompany each CMR should beretained for future reference. Refer to the Revision History page for a listof all applicable CMRs contained in this manual.Receiving updatesTechnical Education & Documentation (TED) maintains a customerdatabase that reflects the type and number of manuals ordered or shippedsince the original delivery of your Motorola equipment. Also identifiedin this database is a “key” individual (such as DocumentationCoordinator or Facility Librarian) designated to receive manual updatesfrom TED as they are released.To ensure that your facility receives updates to your manuals, it isimportant that the information in our database is correct and up-to-date.Therefore, if you have corrections or wish to make changes to theinformation in our database (i.e., to assign a new “key” individual),please contact Technical Education & Documentation at:MOTOROLA, INC.Technical Education & Documentation1 Nelson C. White ParkwayMundelein, Illinois 60060U.S.A.Phone: Within U.S.A. and Canada 800-872-8225. . . . . Outside of U.S.A. and Canada +1-847-435–5700. . FAX: +1-847-435–5541. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reporting manual errorsIn the event that you locate an error or identify a deficiency in yourmanual, please take time to write to us at the address above. Be sure toinclude your name and address, the complete manual title and partnumber (located on the manual spine, cover, or title page), the pagenumber (found at the bottom of each page) where the error is located,and any comments you may have regarding what you have found. Weappreciate any comments from the users of our manuals.
Foreword – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999xiv24-hour support serviceIf you have any questions or concerns regarding the operation of yourequipment, please contact the Customer Network Resolution Center forimmediate assistance. The 24 hour telephone numbers are:Arlington Heights, IL 800–433–5202. . . . . . . . . Arlington Heights, International +1–847–632–5390. Cork, Ireland 44–1793–565444. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swindon, England 44–1793–565444. . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Available fromMotorola Infrastructure GroupWorldwide Cellular ServicesMaterial available from Motorola Infrastructure Group WorldwideCellular Services, identified by a Motorola part number can be orderedfrom your sales account manager or by calling (800) 453–7988.
General SafetyJuly 1999 xvSC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Remember! . . . Safetydepends on you!!The following general safety precautions must be observed during allphases of operation, service, and repair of the equipment described inthis manual. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specificwarnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design,manufacture, and intended use of the equipment. Motorola, Inc. assumesno liability for the customer’s failure to comply with these requirements.The safety precautions listed below represent warnings of certain dangersof which we are aware. You, as the user of this product, should followthese warnings and all other safety precautions necessary for the safeoperation of the equipment in your operating environment.Ground the instrumentTo minimize shock hazard, the equipment chassis and enclosure must beconnected to an electrical ground. If the equipment is supplied with athree-conductor ac power cable, the power cable must be either pluggedinto an approved three-contact electrical outlet or used with athree-contact to two-contact adapter. The three-contact to two-contactadapter must have the grounding wire (green) firmly connected to anelectrical ground (safety ground) at the power outlet. The power jack andmating plug of the power cable must meet International ElectrotechnicalCommission (IEC) safety standards.Do not operate in an explosiveatmosphereDo not operate the equipment in the presence of flammable gases orfumes. Operation of any electrical equipment in such an environmentconstitutes a definite safety hazard.Keep away from live circuitsOperating personnel must:Snot remove equipment covers. Only Factory Authorized ServicePersonnel or other qualified maintenance personnel may removeequipment covers for internal subassembly, or componentreplacement, or any internal adjustment.Snot replace components with power cable connected. Under certainconditions, dangerous voltages may exist even with the power cableremoved.Salways disconnect power and discharge circuits before touching them.Do not service or adjust aloneDo not attempt internal service or adjustment, unless another person,capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation, is present.
General Safety – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999xviUse caution when exposing orhandling the CRTBreakage of the Cathode–Ray Tube (CRT) causes a high-velocityscattering of glass fragments (implosion). To prevent CRT implosion,avoid rough handling or jarring of the equipment. The CRT should behandled only by qualified maintenance personnel, using approved safetymask and gloves.Do not substitute parts ormodify equipmentBecause of the danger of introducing additional hazards, do not installsubstitute parts or perform any unauthorized modification of equipment.Contact Motorola Warranty and Repair for service and repair to ensurethat safety features are maintained.Dangerous procedurewarningsWarnings, such as the example below, precede potentially dangerousprocedures throughout this manual. Instructions contained in thewarnings must be followed. You should also employ all other safetyprecautions that you deem necessary for the operation of the equipmentin your operating environment.Dangerous voltages, capable of causing death, are present in thisequipment. Use extreme caution when handling, testing, andadjusting.WARNING
Revision HistoryJuly 1999 xviiSC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Manual Number68P64114A42Manual TitleSC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF CDMA 1900 MHzVersion InformationThe following table lists the manual version , date of version, andremarks on the version.VersionLevel Date ofIssue Remarks1May 1999 Preliminary version2July 1999 Preliminary version – 2
Patent NotificationPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999xviiiPatent numbersThis product is manufactured and/or operated under one or more of thefollowing patents and other patents pending:4128740 4661790 4860281 5036515 5119508 5204876 5247544 53013534193036 4667172 4866710 5036531 5121414 5204977 5251233 53013654237534 4672657 4870686 5038399 5123014 5207491 5255292 53032404268722 4694484 4872204 5040127 5127040 5210771 5257398 53032894282493 4696027 4873683 5041699 5127100 5212815 5259021 53034074301531 4704734 4876740 5047762 5128959 5212826 5261119 53054684302845 4709344 4881082 5048116 5130663 5214675 5263047 53070224312074 4710724 4885553 5055800 5133010 5214774 5263052 53075124350958 4726050 4887050 5055802 5140286 5216692 5263055 53094434354248 4729531 4887265 5058136 5142551 5218630 5265122 53095034367443 4737978 4893327 5060227 5142696 5220936 5268933 53111434369516 4742514 4896361 5060265 5144644 5222078 5271042 53111764369520 4751725 4910470 5065408 5146609 5222123 5274844 53115714369522 4754450 4914696 5067139 5146610 5222141 5274845 53134894375622 4764737 4918732 5068625 5152007 5222251 5276685 53197124485486 4764849 4941203 5070310 5155448 5224121 5276707 53217054491972 4775998 4945570 5073909 5157693 5224122 5276906 53217374517561 4775999 4956854 5073971 5159283 5226058 5276907 53233914519096 4797947 4970475 5075651 5159593 5228029 5276911 53253944549311 4799253 4972355 5077532 5159608 5230007 5276913 53275754550426 4802236 4972432 5077741 5170392 5233633 5276915 53295474564821 4803726 4979207 5077757 5170485 5235612 5278871 53296354573017 4811377 4984219 5081641 5170492 5235614 5280630 53393374581602 4811380 4984290 5083304 5182749 5239294 5285447 D3373284590473 4811404 4992753 5090051 5184349 5239675 5287544 D3422494591851 4817157 4998289 5093632 5185739 5241545 5287556 D3422504616314 4827507 5020076 5095500 5187809 5241548 5289505 D3470044636791 4829543 5021801 5105435 5187811 5241650 5291475 D3496894644351 4833701 5022054 5111454 5193102 5241688 5295136 RE318144646038 4837800 5023900 5111478 5195108 5243653 52971614649543 4843633 5028885 5113400 5200655 5245611 52992284654655 4847869 5030793 5117441 5203010 5245629 53010564654867 4852090 5031193 5119040 5204874 5245634 5301188
July 199968P64114A42SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Chapter 1: IntroductionTable of ContentsOptimization Overview 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scope of This Document 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Document Composition 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CDMA LMF Product Description 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Online Help 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Why Optimize? 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What Is Optimization? 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . When to Optimize 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Required Documents 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional Information 1-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment Overview 1-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LMF Hardware Requirements 1-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Required Test Equipment 1-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment Calibration 1-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Cable Calibration 1-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Warm–up 1-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment List 1-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional Equipment 1-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BTS Equipment Identification 1-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frames 1-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BTS Frame Identification 1-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sector Configuration 1-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ancillary Equipment Frame identification 1-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 199968P64114A42Notes1
Optimization OverviewJuly 1999 1-1SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Scope of This DocumentThis document provides information pertaining to the optimization andaudit tests of Motorola SC 4812ET Base Transceiver Subsystem (BTS)equipment frames equipped with trunked high–power Linear PowerAmplifiers (LPAs) and their associated internal and external interfaces.This document assumes the following prerequisites: The BTS framesand cabling have been installed per the BTS Hardware Installation Manual– 68P64114A22, which covers the physical “bolt down” of all SC seriesequipment frames, and the specific cabling configurations.Document CompositionThis document covers the following major areas:SIntroduction, consisting of preliminary background information (suchas component and subassembly locations and frame layouts) to beconsidered by the Cell Site Field Engineer (CFE) before optimizationor tests are performed.SPreliminary Operations, consisting of Cabinet Power Up and PowerDown Procedures.SOptimization/calibration, covering topics of LMF connection to theBTS equipment, GPS Verification, Test equipment setup,downloading all BTS processor boards, RF path verification, BLOcalibration and calibration audit, and Radio Frequency DiagnosticSystem (RFDS) calibration.SAcceptance Test Procedures (ATP) consist of automated ATP testsexecuted by the LMF, and used to verify all major transmit (TX) andreceive (RX) performance characteristics on all BTS equipment. Alsogenerates an ATP report.SAlarms testing.SRFDS Optimization.SBasic troubleshootingSPreparing to leave the site, presents instructions on how to properlyexit customer site and ensure that all equipment is operating properlyand all work is complete according to Motorola guidelines.SAppendices that contain pertinent Pseudorandom Noise (PN) Offset,frequency programming, and output power data tables, along withadditional data sheets that are filled out manually by the CFE at thesite.1
Optimization Overview – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19991-2CDMA LMF Product DescriptionCDMA LMF is a graphical user interface (GUI) based LocalMaintenance Facility(LMF). This product is specifically designed toprovide cellular communications field personnel the vehicle to supportthe following CDMA Base Transceiver Stations (BTS) operations:SInstallationSMaintenanceSCalibrationSOptimizationOnline HelpTask oriented online help is available in the LMF by clicking on Helpfrom the menu bar.Why Optimize?Proper optimization and calibration assures:SAccurate downlink RF power levels are transmitted from the site.SAccurate uplink signal strength determinations are made by the site.What Is Optimization?Optimization compensates for the site-specific cabling and normalequipment variations. Cables that interconnect the BTS and Duplexerassemblies (if used), for example, are cut and installed at the time of theBTS frame installation at the site. Site optimization guarantees that thecombined losses of the new cables and the gain/loss characteristics andbuilt-in tolerances of each BTS frame do not accumulate, causingimproper site operation.Optimization identifies the accumulated loss (or gain) for all receive andtransmit paths at the BTS site, and stores that value in a database.SRX path starts at the ancillary equipment frame RFDS RX directionalcoupler antenna feedline port, through the RX input port on the rear ofthe frame, through the DDRCs, Multicoupler Preselector Card (MPC),and additional splitter circuitry, ending at a Code Division MultipleAccess (CDMA) Channel Processor (C–CCP) backplane Broad BandTransceiver (BBX2) slot in the C–CCP shelf.SA transmit path starts at the BBX2, through the C–CCP backplaneslot, travels through the LPA/Combiner TX Filter and ends at the rearof the input/output (I/O) Panel. If the RFDS option is added, then theTX path continues and ends at the top of the RFDS TX directionalcoupler antenna feedline port installed in the ancillary equipmentframe. These values are factored in by the BTS equipment internally, leavingonly site specific antenna feed line loss and antenna gain characteristicsto be factored in by the CFE when determining site Effective RadiatedPower (ERP) output power requirements.1
Optimization Overview – continuedJuly 1999 1-3SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Each C–CCP shelf BBX2 board is optimized to a specific RX and TXantenna port. (One BBX2 board acts in a redundant capacity for BBX2s1–12, and is optimized to all antenna ports). A single value is generatedfor each path, thereby eliminating the accumulation of error that wouldoccur from individually measuring and summing the gain and loss ofeach element in the path.When to OptimizeNew InstallationsAfter the initial site installation, the BTS must be prepared for operation.This preparation includes verifying hardware installation, initial powerup, and GPS verification. Basic alarm tests are also addressed.A calibration audit of all RF transmit paths is performed to verify factorycalibration.A series of ATP CDMA verification tests are covered using the actualequipment set up. An Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) is also requiredbefore the site can be placed in service.Site ExpansionOptimization is also required after expansion of a site.Periodic OptimizationPeriodic optimization of a site may also be required, depending on therequirements of the overall system.Repaired SitesVerify repair(s) made to the BTS by consulting an Optimization/ATPTest Matrix table. This table outlines the specific tests that must beperformed anytime a BTS subassembly or RF cable associated with it isreplaced.Refer to Appendix B for detailed basic guideline tables anddetailed Optimization/ATP Test Matrix.IMPORTANT*Required DocumentsThe following documents are required to perform optimization of thecell site equipment:SSite Document (generated by Motorola Systems Engineering), whichincludes:– General Site Information– Floor Plans– Power Levels1
Optimization Overview – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19991-4– Site PN– Site Paging & Traffic Channel Allocation– Board Placement– Site Wiring Lists– CDF files.SDemarcation Document (Scope of Work Agreement)SEquipment Manuals for non-Motorola test equipment.Additional InformationFor other information, refer to the following manuals:SCDMA LMF Operators Guide(Motorola part number 68P64114A21)S4812ET Field Replacement Units Guide(Motorola part number 68P64114A24)Test Equipment OverviewCDMA LMF is used in conjunction with Motorola recommended testequipment, and it is a part of a “calibrated test set.” To ensure consistent,reliable, and repeatable optimization test results, only recommended testequipment supported by CDMA LMF must be used to optimize the BTSequipment. Table 1-1 outlines the supported test equipment that meets thetechnical criteria required for BTS optimization.Table 1-1: CDMA LMF Test Equipment Support TableItem DescriptionHewlett Packard, ModelHP 8921ACellular Communications Analyzer(includes 83203B CDMA interfaceoption)Hewlett Packard, ModelHP 8983236APCS Interface for PCS BandHewlett Packard, ModelHP 8935 Cellular Communications AnalyzerMotorola CyberTest Cellular Communications AnalyzerAdvantest R3465 with3561 CDMA option(Japan–CDMA also usesTX test menu PCMCIA)Cellular Communications AnalyzerGigatronix 8541C Power MeterHP437B Power Meter To ensure consistent, reliable, and repeatable optimization test results,test equipment meeting the following technical criteria should be used to1
Optimization Overview – continuedJuly 1999 1-5SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2optimize the BTS equipment. You can, of course, substitute testequipment with other test equipment models supported by the localmaintenance facility (LMF) meeting the same technical specifications.LMF Hardware RequirementsAn LMF computer platform that meets the following requirements (orbetter) is recommended:SNotebook computerS266 MHz (32 bit CPU) Pentium processorS4 Gbyte internal hard disk driveSColor display with 1024 x 768 (recommended) or 800 x 600 pixelresolutionS64 MB RAMSCD ROM driveS3 1/2 inch floppy driveSSerial port (COM 1)SParallel port (LPT 1)SPCMCIA Ethernet interface card (for example, 3COM Etherlink III)with a 10Base–T–to–coax adapterSWindows 98/NT operating systemIf 800 x 600 pixel resolution is used, the CDMA LMFwindow must be maximized after it is displayed.NOTERequired Test EquipmentTo ensure consistent, reliable, and repeatable optimization test results,test equipment meeting the following technical criteria should be used tooptimize the BTS equipment. You can, of course, substitute testequipment with other test equipment models supported by the LMFmeeting the same technical specifications.During manual testing, you can substitute test equipmentwith other test equipment models not supported by theLMF, but those models must meet the same technicalspecifications.NOTEThe customer has the responsibility of accounting for any measurementvariances and/or additional losses/inaccuracies that can be introducedas a result of these substitutions. Before beginning optimization ortroubleshooting, make sure that the test equipment needed is on handand operating properly.1
Optimization Overview – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19991-6Test Equipment CalibrationOptimum system performance and capacity depend on regular equipmentservice, calibration, and characterization prior to BTS optimization.Follow the original equipment manufacturer (OEM) recommendedmaintenance and calibration schedules closely.Test Cable CalibrationEquipment test cables are very important in optimization. Motorolarecommends that the cable calibration be run at every BTS with the testcables attached. This method compensates for test cable insertion losswithin the test equipment itself. No other allowance for test cableinsertion loss needs to be made during the performance of tests.Another method is to account for the loss by entering it into the LMFduring the optimization procedure. This method requires accurate testcable characterization in a shop. The cable should be tagged with thecharacterization information prior to field optimization.Equipment Warm–upAfter arriving at the a site, the test equipment should be plugged in andturned on to allow warm up and stabilization to occur for as long aspossible. The following pieces of test equipment must be warmed–up fora minimum of 60 minutes prior to using for BTS optimization or RadioFrequency Diagnostic Subsystem (RFDS) calibration procedures.SCommunications Test SetSRubidium Time BaseSPower MeterTest Equipment ListThe following pieces of test equipment are required during theoptimization procedure. Common assorted tools like screwdrivers andframe keys are not listed but are still required. Read the owner’s manualon all of the following major pieces of test equipment to understand theirindividual operation prior to use in optimization.Always refer to specific OEM test equipmentdocumentation for detailed operating instructions.NOTE10BaseT/10Base2 ConverterEthernet LAN transceiver (part of CGDSLMFCOMPAQNOV96)SPCMCIA Ethernet Adpater + Ethernet UTP Adapter: 3COM Model –Etherlink III 3C589BTransition Engineering Model E–CX–TBT–03 10BaseT/10Base2Converter1
Optimization Overview – continuedJuly 1999 1-7SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Xircom Model PE3–10B2 or equivalent can also be used tointerface the LMF Ethernet connection to the frame.NOTERS–232 to GPIB InterfaceSNational Instruments GPIB–232–CT with Motorola CGDSEDN04XRS232 serial null modem cable or equivalent; used to interface theLMF to the test equipment.SStandard RS–232 cable can be used with the following modifications:– This solution passes only the 3 minimum electrical connectionsbetween the LMF and the GPIB interface. The control signals arejumpered as enabled on both ends of the RS–232 cable (9–pin D).TX and RX signals are crossed as Null Modem effect. Pin 5 is theground reference.– Short pins 7 and 8 together, and short pins 1, 4, and 6 together oneach connector.5327814652378146GNDRXTXRTSCTSRSD/DCDDTRDSRGNDTXRXRTSCTSRSD/DCDDTRDSRON BOTH CONNECTORS:DSHORT PINS 7 & 8; DSHORT PINS 1, 4, & 69–PIN D–FEMALE 9–PIN D–FEMALEModel SLN2006A MMI Interface KitSMotorola Model TRN9666A null modem board. Connectors onopposite sides of the board must be used as this performs a nullmodem transformation between cables. This board can used for10–pin to 8–pin, 25–pin to 25–pin and 10–pin to 10–pin conversions.SMotorola 30–09786R01 MMI cable or equivalent ; used to interfacethe LMF serial port connection to GLI2, CSM and LPA debug serialports.Communications System AnalyzerThe communication system analyzer is used during optimization andtesting of the RF communications portion of BTS equipment andprovides the following functions:(1) Frequency counter(2) RF power meter (average and code domain)(3) RF Signal Generator (capable of CDMA modulation)(4) Spectrum Analyzer(5) CDMA Code Domain analyzerFour types of Communication System Analyzer are currently supportedby the LMF. They are:HP8921A/600 Analyzer – Including 83203B CDMA Interface and83236A/B PCS Interface with manual control system card.1
Optimization Overview – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19991-8Advantest R3465 Analyzer – Including R3561L Test Source UnitHP8935 AnalyzerCyberTest Communication AnalyzerGPIB CablesSHewlett Packard 10833A or equivalent; 1 to 2 meters (3 to 6 feet) longused to interconnect test equipment and LMF terminal.Power MeterSHewlett Packard Model HP HP437B with HP8481A power sensorSGigatronix model 8541CTiming Reference CablesSTwo BNC–male to BNC–male RG316 cables; 3 meters (10 ft.) long,used to interconnect the HP8921A/600 or Advantest R3465Communications Analyzer to the CSM front panel timing referencesin the BTS.Two Huber & Suhner 16MCX/11BNC/K02252D orequivalent; right angle MCX–male to standard BNC–maleRG316 cables; 10 ft. long are required to interconnect theHP8921A/600 Communications Analyzer to SGLN4132Aand SGLN1145A CSM board timing references.NOTESBNC “T” adapter with 50 ohm termination.This BNC “T” adapter (with 50 ohm termination) isrequired to connect between the HP 8921A/600 (orAdvantest R3465) EVEN SECOND/SYNC IN and theBNC cable. The BNC cable leads to the 2–second clockconnection on the TIB. Erroneous test results may occur ifthe “T” adapter with the 50 ohm termination is notconnected.NOTEDigital MultimeterSFluke Model 8062A with Y8134 test lead kit or equivalent; used forprecision DC and AC measurements, requiring 4–1/2 digits.Directional CouplerSNarda Model 30661 30 dB (Motorola part no. 58D09732W01) couplerterminated with two Narda Model 375BN–M loads, or equivalent.RF AttenuatorsS20 dB fixed attenuators, 20 W (Narda 768–20); used with test cablecalibrations or during general troubleshooting procedures.1
Optimization Overview – continuedJuly 1999 1-9SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2SNarda Model 30445 30 dB (Motorola Part No. 58D09643T01) couplerterminated with two Narda Model 375BN–M loads, or equivalent.RF Termination/LoadS100 W non–radiating RF load ; used (as required) to provide dummyRF loading during BTS transmit tests.Miscellaneous RF Adapters, Loads, etcSAs required to interface test cables and BTS equipment and forvarious test set ups. Should include at least two 50 Ohm loads (typeN) for calibration and one RF short, two N–Type Female–to–FemaleAdapters.High–impedance Conductive Wrist StrapSMotorola Model 42–80385A59; used to prevent damage fromElectrostatic Discharge (ESD) when handling or working withmodules.RF Load (At least three (3) for Trunked Cabinets)S100 W non–radiating RF load; used (as required) to provide dummyRF loading during BTS transmit tests.RF Network Box (and calibrated cables)SMotorola Model SGLN5531A 18:3 Passive Antenna Interface used tointerface test equipment to the BTS receive and transmit antennainputs during optimization/ATP or general troubleshootingprocedures.Optional EquipmentFrequency CounterSStanford Research Systems SR620 or equivalent. If directmeasurement of the 3 MHz or 19.6608 MHz references is required.Spectrum AnalyzerSSpectrum Analyzer (HP8594E with CDMA personality card) orequivalent; required for tests other than standard Receive band spectralpurity and TX LPA IM reduction verification tests performed by theLMF.Local Area Network (LAN) TesterSModel NETcat 800 LAN troubleshooter (or equivalent); used tosupplement LAN tests using the ohm meter.Span Line (T1/E1) Verification EquipmentSAs required for local applicationRF Test Cable (if not Provided with Test Equipment)SMotorola Model TKN8231A; used to connect test equipment to theBTS transmitter output during optimization or during generaltroubleshooting procedures.1
Optimization Overview – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19991-10OscilloscopeSTektronics Model 2445 or equivalent; for waveform viewing, timing,and measurements or during general troubleshooting procedure.2–way SplitterSMini–Circuits Model ZFSC–2–2500 or equivalent; provide thediversity receive input to the BTSHigh Stability 10 MHz Rubidium StandardSStanford Research Systems SR625 or equivalent. Required for CSMand Low Frequency Receiver/High Stability Oscillator (LFR/HSO)frequency verification.Alarm Test BoxSMotorola Itasca PN CGDSCMIS00014 can be used to test customeralram inputs.1
BTS Equipment IdentificationJuly 1999 1-11SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2FramesThe SC 4812ET is a stand alone Base Transceiver Subsystem (BTS)which consists of a weatherized outdoor RF cabinet (see Figure 1-1 ).An optional outdoor, weatherized power cabinet which provides AC/DCrectified power and battery back–up is also available. An air to air heatexchanger is used for cooling/heating each cabinet, except in the LPAarea which uses blower fans.The Motorola SC 4812ET BTS can consist of the following equipmentframes:SAt least one BTS starter frame (see Figure 1-2)SAncillary equipment frame (or wall mounted equipment)SExpansion framesFigure 1-1: SC 4812ET RF CabinetMain DoorLPA Door(Can only be opened after Main Door is open)RF I/OArea Cover PlateRear I/O DoorRear DC Conduit PanelRear Conduit Panel1
BTS Equipment Identification – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19991-12BTS Frame IdentificationThe BTS is the interface between the span lines to/from the Cellsite BaseStation Controller (CBSC) and the site antennas. This frame is describedin three sections:SThe I/O interconnect plate where all connections are made is located atthe back of the BTS.SThe RF section of the frame which houses the circuit breakers, coolingfans, the Combined CDMA Channel Processor (C–CCP) shelf, theduplexors, filters, RFDS and CSU.SThe LPA compartment which houses the LPAs and blower assembly.Use the illustrations that follow to visually identify the majorcomponents, that make up the Motorola SC 4812ET BTS frame.C–CCP Shelf (Figure 1-3)SPower supply modulesSCDMA clock distribution (CCD) boardsSCSM and HSO/LFR boardsSAlarm Monitoring and Reporting (AMR) boardsSGroup Line Interface II (GLI2) cardsSMulticoupler Preselector (MPC) boards (starter frame only)SExpansion Multicoupler Preselector (EMPC) boards (expansionframes)SSwitch cardSMCC24 boardsSMCC8E boardsSBBX2 boardsSCIO boardsPA ShelvesSSingle Tone Linear Power Amplifier (STLPA, or more commonlyreferred to as “LPA”) modulesSLPA blower assembly1
BTS Equipment Identification – continuedJuly 1999 1-13SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Interconnect Plate (see Figure 1-4)All cabling to and from the BTS equipment frames is via theinterconnect panel on the top of each frame. Connections made hereinclude:SSpan linesSRX antennasSTX antennaSAlarm connectionsSPower inputSLAN connectionsSClock inputsSExpansion frame connectionSGround connectionsFigure 1-2: SC4812ET RF Cabinet Internal FRUs C–CCPShelfDRDCCombinerCageLPA 1
BTS Equipment Identification – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19991-144 15 26 3 Figure 1-3: C-CCP Shelf LayoutPS–3AMR–1HSO/LFRCSM–1CSM–2MODEMAMR–2GLI2–1GLI2–2MCC24–6BBX2–1BBX2–2BBX2–3BBX2–4BBX2–5BBX2–6BBX2–13Switch CardMPC/EMPC–1MPC/EMPC–2CIOBBX2–7BBX2–8BBX2–9BBX2–10BBX2–11BBX2–12MCC24–5MCC24–4MCC24–3MCC24–2MCC24–1MCC24–12MCC24–11MCC24–10MCC24–9MCC24–8MCC24–7PS–2PS–1CCD–2 CCD–119 mm Filter Panel1
BTS Equipment Identification – continuedJuly 1999 1-15SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Figure 1-4: SC 4812ET Intercabinet I/O Detail (Rear View)RF CABINETRFDS ExpansionRF ExpansionExp. PunchPunchBlockBlock27V27V RetDCConduitMicrowaveRF GPSLAN2 SecTick19 MHzClockGround Cable Lugs1–3 Sector Antennas4–6 Sector AntennasSpan/AlarmExpansion 1 Pilot BeaconSector ConfigurationThere are a number of ways to configure the BTS frame. Table 1-2outlines the basic requirements. When carrier capacity is greater thantwo, a 2:1 or 4:1 cavity combiner must be used. For one or two carriers,bandpass filters or cavity combiners may be used, depending onsectorization and channel sequencing.Table 1-2: BTS Sector ConfigurationNumber ofcarriers Number ofsectors Channel spacing Filter requirements13 or 6 N/A Bandpass Filter, Cavity Combiner (2:1 or 4:1)2 6 Non–adjacent Cavity Combiner (2:1 Only)2 6 Adjacent Dual Bandpass Filter2 3 Non–adjacent Cavity Combiner (2:1 or 4:1)2 3 Adjacent Bandpass Filter3,4 3 Non–adjacent Cavity Combiner (2:1 or 4:1)3,4 3 Adjacent Cavity Combiner (2:1 Only)1
BTS Equipment Identification – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19991-16Table 1-3: Sector Configurations Configuation Description13–Sector / 2–ADJACENT CarriersThe configuration below maps RX and TX with optional 2:1 cavity combiners for 3 sectors / 2 carriers for adjacent channels. Notethat 2:1 cavity combiners are used (6 total).TX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX1 TX5 / RX2 TX6 / RX3 Carrier #BBX2–1 BBX2–2 BBX2–3 N/A N/A N/A 1N/A N/A N/A BBX2–4 BBX2–5 BBX2–6 226–Sector / 2–NON–ADJACENT CarriersThe configuration below maps RX and TX with 2:1 cavity combiners for 6 sectors / 2 carriers for non–adjacent channels.TX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX4 TX5 / RX5 TX6 / RX6 Carrier #BBX2–1 BBX2–2 BBX2–3 BBX2–4 BBX2–5 BBX2–6 1BBX2–7 BBX2–8 BBX2–9 BBX2–10 BBX2–11 BBX2–12 233–Sector / 2–NON–ADJACENT CarriersThe configuration below maps RX and TX with 2:1 cavity combiners for 3 sectors / 2 carriers for non–adjacent channels. RX ports 4through 6 are not usedTX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX1 TX5 / RX2 TX6 / RX3 Carrier #BBX2–1BBX2–7BBX2–2BBX2–8BBX2–3BBX2–9N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/A124.3–Sector / 4–ADJACENT CarriersThe configuration below maps RX and TX with 2:1 cavity combiners for 3 sector / 4 carriers for adjacent channels.TX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX1 TX5 / RX2 TX6 / RX3 Carrier #BBX2–1BBX2–7N/AN/ABBX2–2BBX2–8N/AN/ABBX2–3BBX2–9N/AN/AN/AN/ABBX2–4BBX2–10N/AN/ABBX2–5BBX2–11N/AN/ABBX2–6BBX2–12123453–Sector / 2–ADJACENT CarriersThe configuration below maps RX and TX with bandpass filters for 3 sectors / 2 carriers for adjacent channels.TX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX4 TX5 / RX5 TX6 / RX6 Carrier #BBX2–1N/ABBX2–2N/ABBX2–3N/AN/ABBX2–7N/ABBX2–8N/ABBX2–91263–Sector / 3 or 4–NON–ADJACENT CarriersThe configuration below maps RX and TX with 4:1 cavity combiners for 3 sectors / 3 or 4 carriers for non–adjacent channels.TX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX4 TX5 / RX5 TX6 / RX6 Carrier #BBX2–1 BBX2–2 BBX2–3 N/A N/A N/A 1BBX2 1BBX2–7BBX2 2BBX2–8BBX2 3BBX2–9N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/A12BBX2–7BBX2 4BBX2–8BBX2 5BBX2–9BBX2 6N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/A23BBX2–4 BBX2–5 BBX2–6 N/A N/A N/A 3BBX2–10 BBX2–11 BBX2–12 N/A N/A N/A 41
BTS Equipment Identification – continuedJuly 1999 1-17SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 1-3: Sector Configurations76–Sector / 1–CarrierThe configuration below maps RX and TX with either bandpass filters or 2:1 cavity combiners for 6 sector / 1 carrier.TX1 / RX1 TX2 / RX2 TX3 / RX3 TX4 / RX4 TX5 / RX5 TX6 / RX6 Carrier #BBX2–1 BBX2–2 BBX2–3 BBX2–4 BBX2–5 BBX2–6 1Ancillary Equipment FrameidentificationEquipment listed below can be wall mounted or mountedin a standard 19” frame. The description assumes that allequipment is mounted in a frame for clarity.NOTEIf equipped with the RF Diagnostic Subsystem (RFDS) option, theRFDS and directional couplers are the interface between the siteantennas, and the BTS or Modem frame. The RFDS equipmentincludes:Sthe directional couplersSthe (site receive bandpass/bandreject filters)Sthe RF Diagnostic Subsystem (RFDS).1
BTS Equipment Identification – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19991-18RFDSFRONT VIEW(door not shown for clarity)DRDC CAGEFigure 1-5: RFDS Location in an SC 4812ET RF CabinetDRDCBTSCPLDANTCPLDWALLMOUNTINGBRACKET1A2A3A4A5A6A1B2B3B4B5B6B1
July 199968P64114A42SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Chapter 2: Preliminary OperationsTable of ContentsPreliminary Operations: Overview 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cellsite Types 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CDF 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Site Equipage Verification 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initial Installation of Boards/Modules 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Frame C–CCP Shelf Configuration Switch 2-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Cabinet Initial Power Up 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Required Tools 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initial Inspection and Setup 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Up Sequence 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Up Tests 2-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Charge Test 2-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Cabinet Power Up 2-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Discharge Test 2-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heat Exchanger Test 2-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm Verification 2-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm Reporting Display 2-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heat Exchanger Alarm Test 2-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Door Alarm 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Fail Alarm 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minor Alarm 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rectifier Alarms 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single Rectifier Failure 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Rectifier Failure 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single Rectifier Failure 2-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Rectifier Failure 2-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Over Temperature Alarm (Optional ONLY) 2-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rectifier Over Temperature Alarm 2-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pre–Power–up Tests 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Objective 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cabling Inspection 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Power Pre-test (BTS Frame) 2-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 199968P64114A42Notes2
Preliminary Operations: OverviewJuly 1999 2-1SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2IntroductionThis section first verifies proper frame equipage. This includes verifyingmodule placement, jumper, and dual in–line package (DIP) switchsettings against the site-specific documentation supplied for each BTSapplication. Next, pre-power up and initial power-up procedures arepresented.Cellsite TypesSites are configured as with a maximum of 4 carriers, 3–sectored with amaximum of 4 carriers, and 6–sectored with a maximum of 2 carriers.Each type has unique characteristics and must be optimized accordingly.For more information on the differences in site types, please refer to theBTS/Modem Frame Hardware Installation manual.CDFThe Cell-site Data File (CDF) contains site type and equipage datainformation and passes it directly to the LMF during optimization. Thenumber of modem frames, C–CCP shelves, BBX2 and MCC24/MCC8Eboards (per cage), and linear power amplifier assignments are some ofthe equipage data included in the CDF.Site Equipage VerificationReview the site documentation. Match the site engineering equipage datato the actual boards and modules shipped to the site. Physically inspectand verify the equipment provided for the BTS or Modem frame andancillary equipment frame.Always wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strapwhile handling any circuit card/module to prevent damageby ESD. After removal, the card/module should be placedon a conductive surface or back into the anti–static bag itwas shipped in.CAUTIONInitial Installation ofBoards/ModulesTable 2-1: Initial Installation of Boards/ModulesStep Action1Refer to the site documentation and install all boards and modules into the appropriate shelves asrequired. Verify they are NOT SEATED at this time.2As the actual site hardware is installed, record the serial number of each module on a “Serial NumberChecklist” in the site logbook.2
Preliminary Operations: Overview – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19992-268P64114A42Setting Frame C–CCP ShelfConfiguration SwitchIf the frame is a Starter BTS, the backplane switch settings behind thefan module nearest the breaker panel should be set to the ON position(see Figure 2-1).The switch setting must be verified and set before power is applied to theBTS equipment.Figure 2-1: Backplane DIP Switch SettingsONOFFSC 4812ET C–CCP SHELFFAN MODULEREMOVEDSTARTER FRAMEFANMODULEPWR/ALMREARFRONTFANMODULEPWR/ALMREARFRONTPS–3AMR–1HSO/LFRCSM–1CSM–2MODEMAMR–2GLI2–1GLI2–2MCC24–6BBX2–1BBX2–2BBX2–3BBX2–4BBX2–5BBX2–6BBX2–13Switch CardMPC/EMPC–1MPC/EMPC–2CIOBBX2–7BBX2–8BBX2–9BBX2–10BBX2–11BBX2–12MCC24–5MCC24–4MCC24–3MCC24–2MCC24–1MCC24–12MCC24–11MCC24–10MCC24–9MCC24–8MCC24–7PS–2PS–1CCD–2 CCD–119 mm Filter Panel2
Power Cabinet Initial Power UpJuly 1999 2-3SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2IntroductionThis section of the manual contains instructional information on theproper power up procedure for the SC 4812ET BTS. Also presented inthis chapter is the Optimization/ATP tests to be preformed on the Powercabinet. Please pay attention to all Cautions and Warning statements inorder to prevent accidental injury to personnel.The following tools are used in the Power Cabinet Power Up procedures.Required ToolsSDigital VoltmeterSDC current clamp (600 Amp capability with jaw size to accommodate2/0 cable).SHot Air Gun – (optional for part of the Alarm Verification)Initial Inspection and SetupEnsure all battery breakers for unused battery positions areopen (pulled out) during any part of the power up process,and remain in the off position when leaving the site.CAUTIONVerify that ALL AC and DC breakers are turned OFF in the Powercabinet. Verify all DC circuit breakers are OFF in the RF cabinet. Verifythat the DC power cables between the Power and RF cabinets areconnected with the correct polarityThe RED cables connect to the uppermost three (3) terminals (marked+) in both cabinets. Confirm that the split phase 240/120 AC supply iscorrectly connected to the AC load center input.Failure to connect the proper AC feed will damage thesurge protection module inside the AC load center.CAUTIONPower Up SequenceThe first task in the power up sequence is to apply AC power to thePower cabinet. Once power is applied a series of AC Voltagemeasurements is required.Table 2-2: AC Voltage MeasurementsStep Action1Measure the AC voltages connected to the AC load center (access the terminals from the rear ofthe cabinet after removing the AC load center rear panel).2Measure the AC voltage from terminal L1 to neutral. This voltage should be in the range ofnominally 115 to 120 V AC.. . . continued on next page2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19992-4Table 2-2: AC Voltage MeasurementsStep Action3Measure the AC voltage from terminal L1 to ground. This voltage should be in the range ofnominally 115 to 120 V AC.4Measure the AC voltage from terminal L2 to neutral. This voltage should be in the range ofnominally 115 to 120 V AC.5Measure the AC voltage from terminal L2 to ground. This voltage should be in the range ofnominally 115 to 120 V AC. If the AC voltages are in excess of 120 V (or exceed 200V) when measuring between terminals L1 or L2 to neutralor ground, STOP and Do Not proceed until the cause ofthe higher voltages are determined. The power cabinetWILL be damaged if the Main breaker is turned on withexcessive voltage on the inputs.CAUTIONWhen the input voltages are verified as correct, turn the Main ACbreaker (located on the front of the AC Load Center) ON. Observe thatall eight (8) green LEDs on the front of the AC Load Center areilluminated.Turn Rectifier 1 and Rectifier 2 AC branch breakers (on the AC LoadCenter) ON. All the installed rectifier modules will start up and shouldeach have two green LEDs (DC and Power) illuminated.Turn the DMAC (Digital Metering and Alarms Control) module, ONwhile observing the K2 contact in the PDA assembly. The contact shouldclose. The DMAC voltage meter should read approximately 27.4 + 0.2VDC.Turn the TCP (Temperature Control Panel) ON, .The DMAC should notbe have any alarm LEDs illuminated .Check the rectifier current bargraph displays. None should beilluminated at this point.If batteries are fitted, turn on the two battery heater ACbreakers on the AC Load Center.NOTE2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continuedJuly 1999 2-5SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Power Up TestsTable 2-3 lists the step–by–step instructions for Power Up Tests.Table 2-3: Power Up TestsStep Action1Probe the output voltage test point on the DMAC while pressing the 25° C set button on the TCP.The voltage should read 27.4 + 0.2 VDC. Adjust Master Voltage on DMAC if necessary. Releasethe TCP 25° C set button.2Depending on the ambient temperature, the voltage reading may now change by up to + 1.5 Vcompared to the reading just measured. If it is cooler than 25_C, the voltage will be higher, and ifit is warmer than 25_C, the voltage will be lower.3Close the three (3) Main DC breakers on the Power Cabinet ONLY. Close by holding in the resetbutton on the front of the PDA, and engaging one breaker at a time.4Measure the voltage between the + and – terminals at the rear of the Power Cabinet and the RFCabinet, observing that the polarity is correct. The voltage should be the same as the measurementin step 2.5Place the probes across the black and red battery buss bars in each battery compartment. Place theprobe at the bottom of the buss bars where the cables are connected. The DC voltage shouldmeasure the same as the previous step. Battery Charge TestTable 2-4 lists the step–by–step instructions for testing the batteries.Table 2-4: Battery Charge TestStep Action1Close the battery compartment breakers for connected batteries ONLY. This process should becompleted quickly to avoid individual battery strings with excess charge currentNOTEIf the batteries are sufficiently discharged, the battery circuit breakers may not engage individuallydue to the surge current. If this condition is observed, turn off the DMAC power switch, and thenengage all the connected battery circuit breakers, the DMAC power switch should then be turnedon.2Using the DC current probe, measure the current in each of the battery string connections to thebuss bars in each battery cabinet. The charge current may initially be high but should quicklyreduce in a few minutes if the batteries have a typical new battery charge level.3The current in each string should be approximately equal (+ 5 amps).. . . continued on next page2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19992-6Table 2-4: Battery Charge TestStep Action4The bargraph meters on the rectifier modules can be used as a rough estimate of the total batterycharge current. Each rectifier module has eight (8) LEDs to represent the output current. Eachilluminated LED indicates that approximately 12.5% (1/8 or 8.75 Amps) of the rectifiersmaximum (70 Amps) current is flowing.EXAMPLE:Question: A system fitted with three (3) rectifier modules each have three bargraph LEDsilluminated. What is the total output current into the batteries?Answer: Each bargraph is approximately indicating 12.5% of 70 Amps, therefore, 3 X 8.75 equals26.25 Amps. As there are three rectifiers, the total charge current is equal to (3 X 26.25 A) 78.75Amps.This charge current calculation only applies at this part of the start up procedure, when the RFCabinet is not powered on, and the power cabinet heat exchanger is turned off.5Allow a few minutes to ensure that the battery charge current stabilizes before taking any furtheraction. Recheck the battery current in each string. If the batteries had a reasonable charge, thecurrent in each string should reduce to less than 5A.6Recheck the DC output voltage. It should remain the same as measured in step 4 of the Power UpTest.NOTEIf discharged batteries are installed, all bargraphs may be illuminated on the rectifiers during thecharge test. This indicates that the rectifiers are at full capacity and are rapidly charging thebatteries. It is recommended in this case that the batteries are allowed to charge and stabilize as inthe above step before commissioning the site. This could take several hours. RF Cabinet Power UpTable 2-5 covers the procedures for properly powering up the RFCabinet.Table 2-5: RF Cabinet Power UpStep Action1Turn the 400 Amp Main DC breaker in the RF Cabinet ON.NOTEEnsure that no alarms or voltage change has occurred in the power cabinet, and that the powercabinet Main DC breakers have not tripped. The rectifier bargraph readings should be the same asbefore the main breaker in the RF cabinet was turned ON.2Proceed to RF cabinet power up sequence.3The RF Cabinet ATP procedure can now proceed in parallel with the remaining Power SupplyCabinet tests.. . . continued on next page2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continuedJuly 1999 2-7SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 2-5: RF Cabinet Power UpStep Action4Measure the voltage drop between the Power Cabinet meter test point and the 27 V buss bar insidethe RF Cabinet PDA while the RF Cabinet is transmitting.NOTEFor a three (3) sector carrier system, the voltage drop should be less than 0.2 VDC.For a twelve (12) sector carrier system, the voltage drop should be less than 0.3 VDC.5Using a DC current probe, measure the current in each of the six (6) DC cables that are connectedbetween the RF and Power Cabinet. The DC current measured should be approximately the same.If there is a wide variation between one cable and the others (>10 A), check the tightness of theconnections (torque settings) at each end of the cable. Battery Discharge TestThe test procedures in Table 2-6 should only be performed when thebattery current is less than 5 A per string. Refer to Table 2-4 on theprocedures for checking current levels.Table 2-6: Battery Discharge TestStep Action1Turn the battery test switch on the DMAC ON. The rectifier output voltage and current shoulddecrease as the batteries assume the load. Alarms for the DMAC may occur.2Measure the individual battery string current using the DC current probe. The battery dischargecurrent in each string should be approximately the same (within + 5 A).3Turn Battery Test Switch OFF.Heat Exchanger TestTable 2-7: Heat Exchanger TestStep Action1Turn the Power Cabinet Heat Exchanger breakers ON.2The Heat Exchanger will now go into a 5 minute test sequence. Ensure that the internal andexternal fans are operating. Place a hand on the internal and external Heat Exchanger grills to feelfor air draft.2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19992-8Alarm VerificationThe alarms test should be performed at a convenient point in the RFCabinet ATP procedure, since an LMF is necessary to ensure that the RFCabinet is receiving the appropriate alarms from the Power Cabinet.The SC 4812ET is capable of concurrently monitoring 10 customerdefined input signals and four customer defined outputs, which interfaceto the 50–pin punchblock. All alarms are defaulted to “Not Equipped”during ATP testing. Testing of these inputs is achieved by triggering thealarms and monitoring the LMF for state–transition messages from theactive MGLI2.All customer alarms are routed through the 50 pair punchblock locatedin the I/O compartment at the back of the frame. Testing is bestaccomplished by using a specialized connector that interfaces to the50–pair punchblock. This connector is wired so that customer return 1 (2for the B side) is connected to every input, CDI 0 through CDI 17.Alarm Reporting DisplayThe Alarm Monitor window can be displayed to list alarms that occurafter the window is displayed. To access the Alarm Monitor window,select Util>Alarm Monitor.The following buttons are included.SThe Options button allows for a severity level (Warning, Minor, andMajor) selection. The default is all levels. To change the level ofalarms reported click on the Options button and highlight the desiredalarm level(s). To select multiple levels press the Ctrl key (forindividual selections) or Shift key (for a range of selections) whileclicking on the desired levels.SThe Pause button can be used to pause/stop the display of alarms.When the Pause button is clicked the name of the button changes toContinue. When the Continue button is click the display of alarmswill continue. Alarms that occur between the time the Pause button isclicked and the Continue button is clicked will not be displayed.SThe Clear button can be used to clear the Alarm Monitor display.New alarms that occur after the Clear button is clicked will bedisplayed.SThe Dismiss button is used to dismiss/close the Alarm Monitordisplay.Heat Exchanger Alarm TestTable 2-8 gives instructions on testing the Heat Exchanger alarm.2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continuedJuly 1999 2-9SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 2-8: Heat Exchanger AlarmStep Action1Turn circuit breaker “B” of the Heat Exchanger circuit breakers OFF. This will generate a HeatExchanger alarm, ensure that the LMF reports the correct alarm condition in the RF Cabinet.2Alarm condition will be reported as BTS Relay 25 – contact alarm.3Turn the circuit breaker “B” ON. Ensure that the alarm condition is now removed.NOTEThe Heat Exchanger will go through the Start Up sequence.Door AlarmTable 2-9 gives instructions on testing the door alarms.Table 2-9: Door AlarmStep Action1Close all doors on the Power Cabinet. Ensure that no alarms are reported on the LMF.2Alarm condition will be reported as BTS Relay 27 – contact alarm.3Individually open and then close each power supply cabinet door. Ensure that the LMF reports analarm when each door is opened.AC Fail AlarmTable 2-10 gives instructions on testing the AC Fail Alarm.Table 2-10: AC Fail AlarmStep Action1NOTEThe batteries should have a stable charge before performing this test.Turn the Main AC breaker on the Power Cabinet OFF. The LMF should report an alarm on an ACFail (Rectifier Fail, Minor Alarm & Major Alarm) condition.2Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–23, BTS–21, BTS–24 and BTS–29 contactsrespectively.3Turn the Main AC breaker on the Power Cabinet ON. The AC Fail alarm should clear.Minor Alarm Table 2-11gives instructions on testing minor alarm.2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19992-10Table 2-11: Minor AlarmStep Action1Turn the TCP power switch OFF. This will generate a minor alarm. Verify that the minor alarmLED (amber) is illuminated on the DMAC and the LMF reports this minor alarm.2Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–24 contact.3Turn the TCP power switch ON. The alarm condition should clear.Rectifier AlarmsThe following series of tests are for single rectifier modules in a multiplerectifier system. The systems include a three rectifier and a six rectifiersystem.Single Rectifier FailureTable 2-11 gives instructions on testing single rectifier failure or minoralarm in a three (3) rectifier system.Table 2-12: Single Rectifier Fail or Minor AlarmStep Action1Remove a single rectifier module and place it into the unused rectifier shelf #2.2Turn the AC breaker OFF, for this 2nd shelf.3Verify that a rectifier fail alarm is generated. The single rectifier module will illuminate two (2)RED fail LED (DC and Power), and the DMAC and LMF will also indicate a minor alarm andrectifier fail status. The RECTIFIER FAIL LED will illuminate.4Check that the LMF reports both of these alarm conditions. Alarm condition will be reported asBTS–24 and BTS–21 contacts respectively.5Turn the AC breaker for the 2nd shelf ON and verify that Rectifier Fail and minor alarmconditions clear on the DMAC and LMF. Multiple Rectifier FailureTable 2-13gives instructions on testing multiple rectifier failure or majoralarm in a three (3) rectifier system.Table 2-13: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major AlarmStep Action1With the rectifier module still in the unused shelf position from Table 2-12 test procedures, turnthe AC breaker for the 1st shelf OFF.2Verify that a rectifier alarm is generated. Each of the two rectifier modules will illuminate two (2)RED fail LED (DC and Power), and the DMAC and LMF will indicate a major alarm (RectifierFail and Major Alarm). The RECTIFIER FAIL LED will illuminate.. . . continued on next page2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continuedJuly 1999 2-11SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 2-13: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major AlarmStep Action3Verify that the LMF reports both alarm conditions. Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–29and BTS–21 contacts respectively.4Turn the AC breaker for the 1st shelf ON. Verify that all alarms have cleared.5Return the rectifier module to its original location. This completes the alarm test on the PowerCabinet. Single Rectifier FailureTable 2-14 gives instructions on testing single rectifier failure or minoralarm in a six (6) rectifier system.Table 2-14: Single Rectifier Fail or Minor AlarmStep Action1Remove two(2) rectifier modules from shelf #2.2Turn the AC breaker OFF, for shelf #2.3Verify that a rectifier fail alarm is generated. The single rectifier module will illuminate two (2)RED fail LED (DC and Power), and the DMAC and LMF will also indicate a minor alarm andrectifier fail status. The RECTIFIER FAIL LED will illuminate.4Check that the LMF reports both of these alarm conditions. Alarm condition will be reported asBTS–24 and BTS–31 contacts respectively.5Turn the AC breaker for this shelf ON and verify that Rectifier Fail and Minor Alarm conditionshave cleared. Multiple Rectifier FailureTable 2-15 gives instructions on testing multiple rectifier failure or majoralarm in a six (6) rectifier system.Table 2-15: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major AlarmStep Action1Replace one rectifier module previously removed and turn the AC breaker for this shelf, OFF.2Verify that a rectifier alarm is generated. Each of the two rectifier modules will illuminate a REDfail LED, and the DMAC will indicate a major alarm. The RECTIFIER FAIL LED willilluminate.3Verify that the LMF reports both alarm conditions. Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–29contact.. . . continued on next page2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19992-12Table 2-15: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major AlarmStep Action4Turn the AC breaker for this shelf ON. Verify that all alarms have cleared.5Return all rectifier module to their original location. This completes the rectifier alarm tests on thePower Cabinet. Battery Over TemperatureAlarm (Optional ONLY)Use special care to avoid damaging insulation on cables, ordamaging battery cases when using a power heat gun.CAUTIONTable 2-16 gives instructions on testing the battery over temperaturealarm system.Table 2-16: Battery Over Temperature AlarmStep Action1Use a low powered heat gun and gently heat the battery over temperature sensor. Do Not hold thehot air gun closer than three (3) inches to the sensor. This will avoid burning the cable insulation.2When the sensor is heated to approximately 50° C, a battery Over Temperature alarm is generated.NOTEAn auditable click will sound as K1 contacts engage and K2 contacts disengage.3Visually inspect the K1 and K2 relays to verify state changes. The LMF should be displayingcorrect alarms. Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–22 contact.4Verify that the CHARGE DISABLE LED (amber) on the DMAC and the BATTERY MAIN LED(green) are both illuminated.5Switch the hot air gun to cool. Cool the sensor until the K1 and K2 contact return to normalposition (K1 open and K2 closed). Using the LMF verify that all alarms have cleared.2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continuedJuly 1999 2-13SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Rectifier Over TemperatureAlarmThis is the J8 on the rear of the DMAC itself, this is notconnector J8 on the connector bulkhead at the rear of thecabinet.NOTETable 2-16 gives instructions on testing the battery over temperaturealarm system.Table 2-17: Rectifier Over Temperature AlarmStep Action1Remove the J8 link on the rear of the DMAC.NOTEThis is the J8 on the rear of the DMAC itself, this is not connector J8 on the connector bulkhead atthe rear of the cabinet.2Verify that RECTIFIER OVERTEMP LED (red) is illuminated. Contacts on K1 and K2 changestates (K1 now closed and K2 open).3Verify that the LMF has reported an alarm condition. Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–26contact.4Reinstall J8 connector and verify that all alarm conditions have cleared. K1 and K2 should now bein their normal states (K1 open and K2 closed).5This completes the system tests of the SC 4812ET Power Cabinet.2
Pre–Power–up TestsPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19992-14ObjectiveThis procedure checks for any electrical short circuits and verifies theoperation and tolerances of the cellsite and BTS power supply units priorto applying power for the first time.Test EquipmentThe following test equipment is required to complete the pre–power–uptests:SDigital Multimeter (DMM)Always wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strapwhile handling the any circuit card/module to preventdamage by ESD.CAUTIONCabling InspectionUsing the site-specific documentation generated by Motorola SystemsEngineering, verify that the following cable systems are properlyconnected:SReceive RF cabling – up to 12 RX cablesSTransmit RF cabling – up to six TX cablesFor positive power applications (+27 V):SThe positive power cable is red.SThe negative power cable is black. (The black powercable is at ground potential.)IMPORTANT*2
Pre–Power–up Tests – continuedJuly 1999 2-15SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2DC Power Pre-test (BTS Frame) Before applying any power to the BTS cabinet, follow the steps outlinedin Table 2-18 while referring to Figure 2-2 to verify there are no shorts inthe RF or Power Cabinet’s DC distribution system.Table 2-18: DC Power Pre–test (RF Cabinet and Power Cabinet)Step Action1Physically verify that all DC/DC converters supplying power to the cabinets are OFF or disabled.2On each RF cabinet:SUnseat all circuit boards/ modules in the distribution shelf, transceiver shelf, and Single CarrierLinear Power Amplifier (SCLPA) shelves, but leave them in their associated slots.SUnseat all circuit boards (except CCD and CIO cards) in the C–CCP shelf and LPA shelves, butleave them in their associated slots.SSet C–CCP shelf breakers to the OFF position by pulling out power distribution breakers (labeledC–CCP 1, 2, 3 – located on the power distribution panel).SSet LPA breakers to the OFF position by pulling out power distribution breakers (8 breakers,labeled 1A–1B through 4C–4D – located on the power distribution panel).–1A through 3B – ELPA breakers (earlier model breaker panel – use breakers 1 through 24)3Verify that the resistance from the power (+ or –) feed terminals with respect to the ground terminal onthe cabinet measures > 500 Ω.SIf reading is < 500 Ω, a short may exist somewhere in the DC distribution path supplied by thebreaker. Isolate the problem before proceeding. A reading > 3 MΩ could indicate an open (ormissing) bleeder resistor (installed across the filter capacitors behind the breaker panel).4Set the C–CCP breakers (C–CCP 1, 2, 3) to the ON position by pushing them IN one at a time.Repeat step 3 after turning on each breaker.* IMPORTANTIf, after inserting any board/module, the ohmmeter stays at 0 Ω, a short probably exists in thatboard/module. Replace the suspect board/module and repeat the test. If test still fails, isolate theproblem before proceeding.5Insert and lock the DC/DC converter modules into their associated slots one at a time. Repeat step 3after inserting each module.SA typical response is that the ohmmeter will steadily climb in resistance as capacitors charge, finallyindicating approximately 500 Ω.! CAUTIONVerify the correct power/converter modules by observing the locking/retracting tabs appear as follows:– (in +27 volt systems)6Insert and lock all remaining circuit boards and modules into their associated slots in the C–CCP shelf.Repeat step 3 after inserting and locking each board or module.SA typical response is that the ohmmeter will steadily climb in resistance as capacitors charge,stopping at approximately 500 Ω... . . continued on next page2
Pre–Power–up Tests – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19992-16Table 2-18: DC Power Pre–test (RF Cabinet and Power Cabinet)Step Action7Set the 8 LPA breakers ON by pushing them IN one at a time. Repeat step 3 after turning on eachbreaker.SA typical response is that the ohmmeter will steadily climb in resistance as capacitors charge,stopping at approximately 500 Ω..8Plug all LPAs and EBA fan module into associated plugs in the chassis one at a time. Repeat step 3after connecting each LPA and EBA fan module.SA typical response is that the ohmmeter will steadily climb in resistance as capacitors charge,stopping at approximately 500 Ω..SDisconnect Ohm meter after all tests are successfully completed.9Seat the heat exchanger, ETIB, and Options breaker one at a time. Repeat Step 3. Figure 2-2: DC Distribution Pre-test4 15 26 3 SC 4812ET BTS RF CabinetLPA1CLPA1ALPA1BLPA1DLPA2CLPA2ALPA2BLPA2DLPA3CLPA3ALPA3BLPA3DLPA4CLPA4ALPA4BLPA4DCIRCUIT BREAKER PANELHEAT EXCHANGEROPTIONSMAIN BREAKER400501BL303030303030303050501D2B2D3B3D4B4D1A1C2A2C3A3C4A4CPACCCP123101515LPABLOWERETIB 102
July 199968P64114A42SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Chapter 3: Optimization/CalibrationTable of ContentsIntroduction 3-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cell–site Types 3-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cell–site Data File (CDF) 3-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BTS System Software Download 3-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Site Equipage Verification 3-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolate BTS from T1/E1 Spans 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm and Span Line Cable Pin/Signal Information 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel Service Unit 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LMF to BTS Connection 3-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preparing the LMF 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Update Procedure 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating CBSC LMF Files 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Folder Structure Overview 3-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wlmf Folder 3-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cdma Folder 3-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bts–nnn Folders 3-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bts–nnn.cal File 3-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bts–nnn.cdf File 3-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cbsc File 3-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . loads folder 3-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . version Folder 3-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . code Folder 3-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . data Folder 3-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logging Into a BTS 3-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logging Out 3-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pinging the Processors 3-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What is Ping? 3-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using CDMA LMF 3-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graphical User Interface Overview 3-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting and Deselecting Devices 3-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enabling Devices 3-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disabling Devices 3-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resetting Devices 3-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Getting Status of Devices 3-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sorting a Status Report Window 3-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 199968P64114A42Download the BTS 3-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 3-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Download Code 3-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Download Data to Non–MGLI Devices 3-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enable CSMs 3-26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enable MCCs 3-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification 3-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSM & LFR Background 3-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel LEDs 3-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Stability Oscillator (HSO) 3-30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Warm–up 3-30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSM frequency verification 3-30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment Setup (GPS & LFR/HSO Verification) 3-31. . . . . . . . . . . GPS Initialization/Verification 3-34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LORAN–C Initialization/Verification 3-38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment Setup 3-40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connecting Test Equipment to the BTS: Overview 3-40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Warm-up 3-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Null Modem Cable 3-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment 3-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Set Calibration 3-51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Background 3-51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purpose 3-51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Test Equipment 3-52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manually Selecting Test Equipment in a Serial Connection Tab 3-52. . . . . Automatically Selecting Test Equipment in a Serial Connection Tab 3-53. . Network Test Equipment Setup 3-53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manually Selecting Test Equipment Using the Network Tab 3-54. . . . . . . . Automatically Selecting Test Equipment Using the Network Tab 3-54. . . . Calibrating Test Equipment 3-55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibrating Cables 3-55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibrating Cables with a CDMA Analyzer 3-56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibrating TX Cables Using a Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer 3-57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibrating RX Cables Using a Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer 3-58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Cable Loss Values 3-60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bay Level Offset Calibration 3-61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction 3-61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Path Bay Level Offset Calibration 3-61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . When to Re-calibrate BLOs 3-61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Path Calibration 3-62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLO Calibration Data File 3-63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment Setup: RF Path Calibration 3-65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmit (TX) Path Calibration 3-66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Calibration Test 3-66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exception Handling 3-67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Table of Contents – continuedJuly 199968P64114A42SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Download BLOs to BBX2s 3-67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Download BLO Procedure 3-67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration Audit Introduction 3-67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmit (TX) Path Audit 3-68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Audit Test 3-69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exception Handling 3-69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Cal/Audit test 3-70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Create CAL File 3-71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFDS Setup and Calibration 3-72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFDS Description 3-72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFDS Parameter Settings 3-72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFDS TSU NAM Programming 3-74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explanation of Parameters used when Programming the TSU NAM 3-74. . Valid NAM Ranges 3-75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Program TSU NAM 3-76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prerequisite 3-76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Program TSU NAM 3-76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prerequisites 3-76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFDS Calibration 3-77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR 3-79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purpose 3-79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test equipment 3-79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Setup – HP Test Set 3-80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 199968P64114A42Notes3
Optimization/Calibration – IntroductionJuly 1999 3-1SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2IntroductionThis section describes procedures for downloading system operatingsoftware, set up of the supported test equipment, CSM referenceverification/optimization, and transmit/receive path verification.Cell–site TypesSites are configured as Omni/Omni or Sector/Sector (TX/RX). Each typehas unique characteristics and must be optimized accordingly.For more information on the differences in site types,please refer to the applicable BTS/Modem Frame HardwareInstallation and Functional Hardware Descriptionmanuals.NOTECell–site Data File (CDF) The CDF includes the following information:SDownload instructions and protocolSSite specific equipage informationSC–CCP shelf allocation plan– BBX2 equipage (based on cell–site type) including redundancy– CSM equipage including redundancy– Multi Channel Card 24 (MCC24 or MCC8E) channel elementallocation plan. This plan indicates how the C–CCP shelf isconfigured, and how the paging, synchronization, traffic, and accesschannel elements (and associated gain values) are assigned amongthe (up to 12) MCC24s or MCC8Es in the shelf.SCSM equipage including redundancySEffective Rated Power (ERP) table for all TX channels to antennasrespectively. Motorola System Engineering specifies the ERP of atransmit antenna based on site geography, antenna placement, andgovernment regulations. Working from this ERP requirement, theantenna gain, (dependent on the units of measurement specified) andantenna feed line loss can be combined to determine the requiredpower at the top of the BTS frame. The corresponding BBX2 outputlevel required to achieve that power level on any channel/sector canalso be determined.Refer to the CDMA Operator’s Guide, 68P64114A21, foradditional information on the layout of the LMF directorystructure (including CDF file locations and formats).NOTE3
Optimization/Calibration – Introduction – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-2BTS System SoftwareDownloadBTS system software must be successfully downloaded to the BTSprocessor boards before optimization can be performed. BTS operatingcode is loaded from the LMF computer terminal. Before you can loginto a site, the LMF must have a BTS folder for that site. Wheneverthere is a new release of BTS system software (binaries), it must first beloaded on the LMF from a CD–ROM before it can be downloaded to theBTS. The CDF is normally obtained from the CBSC on a floppy disk orthrough a file transfer protocol (ftp) if the LMF computer has thecapability.Site Equipage VerificationIf you have not already done so, use an LMF to view the CDF, andreview the site documentation. Verify the site engineering equipage datain the CDF to the actual site hardware.Always wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strapwhile handling any circuit card/module to prevent damageby ESD. Extreme care should be taken during the removaland installation of any card/module. After removal, thecard/module should be placed on a conductive surface orback into the anti–static bag in which it was shipped.CAUTION3
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMFJuly 1999 3-3SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Isolate BTS from T1/E1 Spans–At active sites, the OMC/CBSC must disable theBTS and place it out of service (OOS). DO NOTremove the span surge protectors until theOMC/CBSC has disabled the BTS!IMPORTANT*Each frame is equipped with one 50 pair punchblock for spans, customeralarms, remote GPS, and power cabinet alarms (see Figure 3-1 andTable 3-1). To disable the span, pull out the surge protectors for therespective span.Before connecting the LMF to the frame LAN, the OMC/CBSC mustdisable the BTS and place it OOS to allow the LMF to control theCDMA BTS. This prevents the CBSC from inadvertently sendingcontrol information to the CDMA BTS during LMF based tests.Alarm and Span Line CablePin/Signal InformationTable 3-1 lists the complete pin/signal identification for the 50–pinpunch block.Channel Service UnitThe channel service unit (CSU) contains a modular Eternet jack on itsfron panel, allowing Eternet UP access to CSUs installed in the sameshelf Each 19 inch rack can support two CSU (M–PATH 538) modules.Each module supports one span connection. Programming of the CSU isaccomplished through the DCE 9–pin connector on the front panel.3
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-4Figure 3-1: Punch Block for Span I/OTOP VIEW OF PUNCH BLOCKSTRAIN RELIEVE INCOMINGCABLE TO BRACKET WITHTIE WRAPS2T1T 1R 2T 2R121R2RLEGEND1T = PAIR 1 – TIP1R = PAIR 1 –RING ” ” ” ” ” ”RF Cabinet I/O Area 50R50T49R49T1TSurge protectors3
LMF Connection to the BTS – continuedJuly 1999 3-5SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 3-1: Pin–Out for 50 Pin Punch BlockSignal Name Pin Color Signal Name Pin ColorPower Cab Control – NC 1T Blue PCustomer Outputs 4 – NO 18RPower Cab Control – NO 1R Blk/Blue OCustomer Outputs 4–COM 19T IPower Cab Control – Com 2T Yellow WCustomer Outputs 4 – NC 19R NReserved 2R N/C ECustomer Inputs 1 20T PRectifier Fail 3T Blk/Yello RCust_Rtn_A_1 20R UAC Fail 3R Green Customer Inputs 2 21T TPower Cab Exchanger Fail 4T Blk/Grn CCust_Rtn_A_2 21R /Power Cab Door Alarm 4R White ACustomer Inputs 3 22T OPower Cab Major Alarm 5T Blk/Whit BCust_Rtn_A_3 22R UBattery Over Temp 5R Red ICustomer Inputs 4 23T TPower Cab Minor Alarm 6T Blk/Red NCust_Rtn_A_4 23R PReticifier Over Temp 6R Brown ECustomer Inputs 5 24T UPower Cab Alarm Rtn 7T Blk/Brn TCust_Rtn_A_5 24R TLFR_HSO_GND 7R LCustomer Inputs 6 25TEXT_1PPS_POS 8T FCust_Rtn_A_6 25REXT_1PPS_NEG 8R RCustomer Inputs 7 26TCAL_+ 9T /Cust_Rtn_A_7 26RCAB_– 9R HCustomer Inputs 8 27TLORAN_+ 10T SCust_Rtn_A_8 27RLORAN_– 10R OCustomer Inputs 9 28TPilot Beacon Alarm – Minor 11T BCust_Rtn_A_9 28RPilot Beacon Alarm – Rtn 11R ECustomer Inputs 10 29TPilot Beacon Alarm – Major 12T ACust_Rtn_A_10 29RPilot Beacon Control – NO 12R CRVC_TIP_A 30TPilot Beacon Control–COM 13T ORVC_RING_A 30R SPilot Beacon Control – NC 13R NXMIT_TIP_A 31T PCustomer Outputs 1 – NO 14T CXMIT_RING_A 31R ACustomer Outputs 1 – COM 14R URVC_TIP_B 32T NCustomer Outputs 1 – NC 15T SRVC_RING_B 32RCustomer Outputs 2 – NO 15R TXMIT_TIP_B 33TCustomer Outputs 2 – COM 16T OXMIT_RING_B 33RCustomer Outputs 2 – NC 16R MRVC_TIP_C 34TCustomer Outputs 3 – NO 17T ERVC_RING_C 34RCustomer Outputs 3 – COM 17R RXMIT_TIP_C 35TCustomer Outputs 3 – NC 18T3
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-6Pin–Out for 50 Pin Punch Block (Continued)XMIT_RING_C 35R GPS_POWER_1+ 42T BlueRVC_TIP_D 36T SGPS_POWER_1– 42R Bk/Blue RRVC_RING_D 36R PGPS_POWER_2+ 43T Yellow GXMIT_TIP_D 37T AGPS_POWER_2– 43R Bk/Yello PXMIT_RING_D 37R NGPS_RX+ 44T Green SRVC_TIP_E 38T GPS_RX– 44R Bk/GrnRVC_RING_E 38R GPS_TX+ 45T WhiteXMIT_TIP_E 39T GPS_TX– 45R Bk/WhiteXMIT_RING_E 39R Signal Ground (TDR+) 46T RedRVC_TIP_F 40T Master Frame (TDR–) 46R Bk/RedRVC_RING_F 40R GPS_lpps+ 47T BrownXMIT_TIP_F 41T GPS_lpps– 47R Bk/BrnXMIT_RING_F 41R Telco_Modem_T 48TTelco_Modem_R 48RChasis Ground 49TReserved 49R, 50T, 50R3
LMF Connection to the BTS – continuedJuly 1999 3-7SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 3-2: T1/E1 Span IsolationStep Action1From the OMC/CBSC, disable the BTS and place it OOS.– The T1/E1 span 50–pin TELCO cable connected to the BTS frame SPAN I/O board J1 connectorcan be removed from both Span I/O boards, if equipped, to isolate the spans.* IMPORTANTVerify that you remove the SPAN cable, not the “MODEM/TELCO” connector.LMF to BTS ConnectionThe LMF is connected to the LAN A or B connector located on the leftside of the frame’s lower air intake grill, behind the LAN Cable Accessdoor (see Figure 3-2).Table 3-3: LMF to BTS ConnectionStep Action1To gain access to the connectors, open the LAN Cable Access door, then pull apart the Velcro tapecovering the BNC ”T” connector and slide out the computer service tray, if desired. See Figure 3-2.2Connect the LMF to the LAN A BNC connector via PCMCIA Ethernet Adapter with an unshieldedtwisted–pair (UTP) Adapter and 10BaseT/10Base2 converter (powered by an external AC/DCtransformer).NOTE– Xircom Model PE3–10B2 or equivalent can also be used to interface the LMF Ethernetconnection to the frame connected to the PC parallel port, powered by an external AC/DCtransformer. In this case, the BNC cable must not exceed 91 cm (3 ft) in length.* IMPORTANTThe LAN shield is isolated from chassis ground. The LAN shield (exposed portion of BNCconnector) must not touch the chassis during optimization.3
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-8Figure 3-2: LMF Connection DetailLMF BNC “T” CONNECTIONS ON LEFTSIDE OF FRAME (ETHERNET “A”SHOWN; ETHERNET “B” COVEREDWITH VELCRO TAPE)Open LAN CABLE ACCESS door. Pull apart Velcro tape and gain access tothe LAN A or LAN B LMF BNC connector.LMFCOMPUTERTERMINALWITH MOUSE PCMCIA ETHERNETADPATER & ETHERNETUTP ADAPTERUNIVERSAL TWISTED PAIR (UTP)CABLE (RJ11 CONNECTORS)10BASET/10BASE2CONVERTER CONNECTSDIRECTLY TO BNC T 115 VAC POWERCONNECTION4 15 26 3 3
Preparing the LMFPRELIMINARY 2July 1999 3-9SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFOverviewSoftware and files for installation and updating of LMF are provided onCD ROM disks. The following installation items must be available:SLMF Program on CD ROMSLMF Binaries on CD ROMSConfiguration Data File (CDF) File for each supported BTS (onfloppy disk or available from the CBSC)SCBSC File for each supported BTS (on floppy disk or available fromthe CBSC)The section that follows provides information and instructions forinstalling and updating LMF software and files.Update ProcedureFollow the procedure in Table 3-4 to update the LMF program andbinaries.SInstall the LMF program using the LMF CD ROM and follow theprocedure in Table 3-4.SInstall binary files using the LMF CD ROM and follow the procedurein Table 3-4.S folders in the wlmf\cdma folder.SMove applicable CDF and CBSC files into each BTS folder.Table 3-4: CD ROM InstallationnStep Action1Insert the LMF Program CD ROM disk into the LMF CDROM drive.– If the Setup screen is displayed, follow theinstructions provided.– If the Setup screen is not displayed, proceed to step2.2Click on the Start button.3 Select Run.4 Enter d:\autorun in the Open box and click on the OKbutton.(If applicable, replace the letter d with the correctCD ROM drive letter.)5Follow the directions displayed in the Setup screen. 3
Preparing the LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-10Updating CBSC LMF FilesAfter completion of the TX calibration and audit, updated CAL fileinformation must be moved from the LMF Windows environment backto the CBSC, residing in a Unix environment. The following proceduresdetail moving files from one environment to the other.Copying CAL files from LMF to a DiskFollow the procedures in Table 3-5 to copy the CAL files from an LMFcomputer to a 3.5 diskette.Table 3-5: Procedures to Copy Files to a DiskettenStep Action1Insert a disk into Drive A:.2 Launch Windows Explorer from your Programs menu list.3Select the applicable wlmf/cdma/bts–# folder.4Drag the bts–#.cal file to drive A.5Repeat Steps 3 and 4 as required for other bts–# folders. Copying CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSCFollow the procedures in Table 3-6 to copy CAL files from a diskette tothe CBSC.Table 3-6: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSCnStep Action1Log in to the CBSC on the workstation using your account name and password.2Place your diskette containing calibration file(s) in the workstation diskette drive.3Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> eject –q4Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> mountNOTECheck to see that the message “floppy/no_name” is displayed on the last line.5Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> cd /floppy/no_name6Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> cp /floppy/no_name/bts–#.cal bts–#.cal7Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> pwdVerify you are in your home directory. . . continued on next page3
Preparing the LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2July 1999 3-11SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFTable 3-6: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSCnActionStep8Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> ls –l *.calVerify the cal files have been copied.9Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> eject10 Remove the diskette from the workstation. Folder Structure OverviewThe LMF uses a wlmf folder that contains all of the essential data forinstalling and maintaining the BTS. The list that follows outlines thefolder structure for the LMF. Except for the bts–nnn folders, thesefolders are created as part of the the LMF installation.Figure 3-3: LMF Folder Structureversion folder (A separate folder isrequired for each different version; forexample, a folder name 2.8.1.1.1.5)loads folder(C:)wlmf foldercdma foldercode folderdata folderBTS–nnn folders (A separate folder isrequired for each BTS where bts–nnn is theunique BTS number; for example, bts–163)wlmf FolderThe wlmf folder contains the LMF program files.cdma FolderThe cdma folder contains the following:Sbts–nnn foldersSloads folder . . . continued on next page3
Preparing the LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-12Sdefault cbsc–1.cdf file is provided that can be copied to a bts–nnnfolder for use if one can not be obtained from the CBSC when needed.bts–nnn FoldersA bts–nnn folder must be created for each BTS that is to be accessed.The bts–nnn folder must be correctly named (for example: bts–273) andplaced in the cdma folder. Figure 3-4 shows an example of the filenaming syntax for a BTS folder. Each bts–nnn folder contains thefollowing files for the BTS:Sa CAL fileSa CDF fileSa cbsc fileFigure 3-4: BTS Folder Name Syntax Examplebts–259BTS Numberbts–nnn.cal FileThe CAL file contains the bay level offset data (BLO) that is used forBLO downloads to the BBX devices. The LMF automatically createsand updates the CAL file during TX calibration. Figure 3-5 shows thefile name syntax for the CAL file.Figure 3-5: CAL File Name Syntax Examplebts–259.calBTS Number3
Preparing the LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2July 1999 3-13SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFbts–nnn.cdf FileThe CDF file contains data that defines the BTS and data that is used todownload data to the devices. A CDF file must be placed in theapplicable BTS folder before the LMF can be used to log into that BTS.CDF files are normally obtained from the CBSC using a floppy disk. Afile transfer protocol (ftp) method can be used if the LMF computer hasthat capability. Figure 3-6 shows the file name syntax for the CDF file.Figure 3-6: CDF Name Syntax Examplebts–259.cdfBTS Numbercbsc FileThe cbsc–1.cdf file contains data for the BTS. If one is not obtainedfrom the CBSC, a copy of the default cbsc–1.cdf file, located in thecdma folder, can be used.loads folderThe loads folder contains the version folder(s), but not contain any files.version FolderThe version folder(s) contains the code and data folders, but does notcontain any files. The name of version folders is the software versionnumber of the code files that are included in its code folder. Versionfolders are created as part of the LMF installation and the LMF updates.Each time the LMF is updated, another version folder is created with thenumber of the software version for the code files being installed.3
Preparing the LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-14code FolderThe code folder contains the binary files used to load code into thedevices. A unique binary code file is required for each device type in theBTS to be supported with the LMF. Current version code files for eachsupported device created in this folder from the LMF CD ROM as partof the LMF installation/update process. Figure 3-7 shows an example ofthe file naming syntax for a code load file.Figure 3-7: Code Load File Name Syntax Examplebbx.ram.bin–0600Device Type Hardware bin numberIf this number matchesthe bin number of thedevice, the code file willautomatically be usedfor the download** The device bin number can be determined by using theStatus function after logging into a BTS. If the devicedoes not have a bin number, one of the following defaultnumbers must be used:GLI=0100LCI=0300MCC=0C00BBX=0600BDC=0700CSM=0800TSU=0900LPAC=0B00MAWI=0D00If a code file with the correct version and bin numbers is not found, a fileselection window appears.3
Preparing the LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2July 1999 3-15SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFdata FolderThe data folder contains a Device Definition Structure (DDS) data filefor each supported device type. The DDS files are used to specify theCDF file data that is used to download data to a device. Current versionDDS files for each supported device type are created in this folder fromthe LMF CD ROM as part of the LMF installation/update process.Figure 3-8 shows an example of the file naming syntax for a code loadfile.Figure 3-8: DDS File Name Syntax Examplecsm.dds–0800Device Type Device Bin Type NumberIf this number matches the binnumber of the device, the DDS filewill automatically be used for thedownload** The device bin number can be determined by using the Statusfunction after logging into a BTS. If the device does not have a binnumber, one of the following default numbers must be used:GLI=0100LCI=0300MCC=0C00BBX=0600BDC=0700CSM=0800TSU=0900LPAC=0B00Logging Into a BTSLogging into a BTS establishes a communications link between the BTSand the LMF. You may be logged into one or more BTS’s at a time, butonly one LMF may be logged into each BTS.Before attempting to log into the BTS, confirm the LMF is properlyconnected to the BTS (see Figure 3-2). Follow the procedures inTable 3-7 to log into a BTS.Table 3-7: BTS Login ProcedurenStep ActionNOTEConfirm a bts-nnn folder with the correct CDF and CBSC file exists.1Click on Login tab (if not displayed).2Double click on CDMA (in the Available Base Stations pick list).. . . continued on next page3
Preparing the LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-16Table 3-7: BTS Login ProcedurenActionStep3Click on the desired BTS number.4Click on the Network Login tab (if not already in the forefront).5Enter correct IP address (normally 128.0.0.2 for a field BTS, if not correctly displayed in the IPAddress box).6Type in the correct IP Port number (normally 9216 if not correctly displayed in the IP Port box).7Change the Multi-Channel Preselector (from the Multi-Channel Preselector pick list), normallyMPC, corresponding to your BTS configuration, if required.8Click on the Use a Tower Top Amplifier, if applicable.9Click on Login. (A BTS tab with the BTS is displayed.)NOTESIf you attempt to log in to a BTS that is already logged on, all devices will be gray.SThere may be instances where the BTS initiates a log out due to a system error (i.e., a devicefailure).SIf the MGLI is OOS_ROM (blue), it will have to be downloaded with code and data, and thenenabled before other devices can be seen. Logging OutFollow the procedure in Table 3-8 to logout of a BTS.Table 3-8: Procedures to Logout of a BTSnStep Action1Click on Select menu.2Click on Logout menu item (A Confirm Logout pop-up message will appear).3Click on Yes (or press the Enter key) to confirm logout and return to the Login tab.NOTEThe Select menu on either the BTS tab or the Select menu on the displayed cage/shelf can beused. In either case you will only be logged out of the displayed BTS.You may also log out of all BTS login sessions and exit the LMF by using the File –> Exit menuitem. (A Confirm Logout pop–up message will appear.) Pinging the ProcessorsIf the LMF is unable to login to a BTS, the integrity of the EthernetLAN A & B links must be be verified for proper operation. The cell–sitemust be powered up first. . . . continued on next page3
Preparing the LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2July 1999 3-17SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFAlways wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strapwhile handling any circuit card/module to prevent damageby ESD.CAUTIONFigure 3-9I represents a typical BTS Ethernet configuration. Thedrawing depicts one (of two identical) links, A and B.Figure 3-9: BTS Ethernet LAN Interconnect DiagramCHASSISGROUNDSIGNALGROUND50ΩSIGNALGROUND50ΩBABINABAOUTINBTS(master)BABINABAOUTOUTBTS(expansion)FW00106What is Ping?Ping is a program that sends request packets to the LAN networkmodules to get a response from the specified “target” module.Follow the steps in Table 3-9 to ping each processor (on both LAN Aand LAN B) and verify LAN redundancy is working properly. . . . continued on next page3
Preparing the LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-18*The Ethernet LAN A and B cables must be installed oneach frame/enclosure before performing this test. All otherprocessor board LAN connections are made via thebackplanes.IMPORTANTTable 3-9: Pinging the ProcessorsnStep Action1From the Windows desktop, click the Start button and select Run.2In the Open box, type ping and the GLI2 IP address (for example, ping 128.0.0.2).NOTE128.0.0.2 is the default IP address for the GLI2 in field BTS units.3Click on the OK button.NOTE128.0.0.2 is the default IP address for the GLI2 in field BTS units.4If the targeted module responds, text similar to the following is displayed:Reply from 128 128.0.0.2: bytes=32 time=3ms TTL=255If there is no response the following is displayed:Request timed outIf the GLI2 fails to respond, it should be reset and re–pinged. If it still fails to respond, typicalproblems are shorted BNC to inter-frame cabling, open cables, crossed A and B link cables, or theGLI2 itself. 3
Using CDMA LMFJuly 1999 3-19SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Graphical User InterfaceOverviewThis section provides overview information on using the LMF graphicaluser interface (GUI). The GUI works as follows:SSelect the device or devices to perform an action on.SSelect the action to apply to the selected device(s).SWhile action is in progress, a status report window displays the actiontaking place and other status information.SThe status report window indicates when the the action is complete,along with other pertinent information displayed.SClicking the OK button closes the status report window.The R9 BTS software release implements the virtual BTS capability,also known as Logical BTS. A virtual BTS can consist of up to fourfour SC 4812ET frames. When the LMF is connected to frame 1 of avirtual BTS, you can access all devices in all of the frames that make upthe virtual BTS A virtual BTS CDF file that includes equippageinformation for all of the virtual BTS frames and their devices isrequired. A CBSC file that includes channel data for all of the virtualBTS fames is also required. The first frame of a virtual BTS has a –1suffix (e.g., BTS–812–1) and other frames of the virtual BTS arenumbered with suffixed, –101, –201, and –301 (e. g. BTS–812–201).When you log into a BTS a FRAME tab is displayed for each frame. Ifthere is only one frame for the BTS, there will only be one tab (e.g.,FRAME–282–1) for BTS–282. If a virtual BTS has more than oneframe, there will be a separate FRAME tab for each frame (e.g.FRAME–438–1, FRAME–438–101, and FRAME–438–202 for aBTS–438 that has all three frames). If an RFDS is included in the CDFfile, an RFDS tab (e.g., RFDS–438–1) will be displayed.Actions (e.g., ATP tests) can be initiated for selected devices in one ormore, frames of a virtual BTS. Refer to the Select devices help screenfor information on how to select devices.Following are visual examples of the BTS tabs for a single–frame BTSwith RFDS and a four–frame BTS with RFDS.Figure 3-10: Single–frame BTS with a RFDS3
Using CDMA LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-20Figure 3-11: Four–frame BTS with an RFDS BTSSelecting and DeselectingDevicesDevices can be selected by clicking on a device or by using the Selectmenu. Devices can also be deselected by clicking on a device or by usingthe Select menu. Table 3-10 provides the procedure to select or deselectdevices from the menu bar. Follow this procedure to select or deselect allof the devices of a particular type.Prerequisite: Device is listed in the CDF file and is responding (notgray or purple).Table 3-10: Selecting and Deselecting DevicesnStep Action1From the menu bar, click on Select.2From the Select menu list, make your selection. The device selected will be darkened to indicateyour selection.3NOTEIf the Select menu list on the BTS tab is used, all devices in the BTS are selected (based on theselection menu item used). If the Select menu list on the cage display is used, only devices in thedisplayed cage are selected.The LMF allows you to invert the menu list items by clicking on the Invert Selection menu itemfrom Select on the menu bar.4To deselect devices, from the Select menu list, click on Deselect All. The color of devices changesto reflect their current state.An alternative way of selecting or deselecting devices is toclick on the device displayed. As you place the cursor overthe device, the name and number of the device isdisplayed.NOTE3
Using CDMA LMF – continuedJuly 1999 3-21SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Enabling DevicesUse the Enable menu from the Device menu to place a device inservice (INS). Before a device can be INS, it must be in thedisabled (OOS_RAM) state (yellow) with data downloaded to thedevice. The color of the device changes to green, once it is INS.Prerequisite: Ensure the data has been downloaded to the device.(1) A CSM device can take up to 20 minutes to enable andFail may appear in the P/F column of the EnablingDevices window. The color of the CSM changes to greenwhen it is enabled.(2) Some enabled devices can be either in serviceactive (INS_ACT) or in service standby (INS_STB).Bright green indicates that the device is INS_ACT anddark green indicates that the device is INS_STB.NOTEPutting a BBX2 in service keys the BBX2. If the TX is notproperly terminated and if incorrect transceiver parametersare provided, the BTS can be damaged.CAUTIONFollow the procedure in Table 3-11 to change the state of device(s) toEnable.Table 3-11: Enabling DevicesnStep Action1Select the device(s) you wish to enable.NOTEThe MGLI and CSM must be INS before an MCC can be put INS.2Click on Device from the menu bar.3Click on Enable from the Device menu. A status report window is displayed.NOTEIf a BBX2 is selected, a transceiver parameters window is displayed to collect keying information.Do not enable the BBX2.4 Click OK to close the status report window.The selected devices that successfully change to INS change color to green.3
Using CDMA LMF – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-22Disabling DevicesUse the Disable menu item from the Device menu list is to take anINS (green) device out of service and place it in the OOS_RAMstate (yellow). The device retains its code load and data load. The devicecan be put back in service using the Enable menu.Follow the procedures in Table 3-12 to disable devices.Table 3-12: Disable DevicesnStep Action1Select the device(s) you wish to disable.2Click on Device from the menu bar.3Click on Disable from the Device menu list.The selected device(s) that successfully go to OOS_RAM change color to yellow.4Click on OK to close the status report window.Resetting DevicesUse Reset to place a device into OOS_ROM. The code and data load forthe device are lost. Follow the procedure in Table 3-13 to reset devices.Table 3-13: Resetting DevicesnStep Action1Select the device(s) to be placed out of service.2From the Device menu bar, select Reset.3Click on Reset from the Device menu list.The selected devices that successfully change status to OOS_ROM change color to blue.4Click on OK to close the status report window.Getting Status of DevicesUse the Status menu item from the Device menu list to get a statusreport of the device(s) in your BTS configuration.Follow the procedures in Table 3-14 to get the status of devices.Table 3-14: Get Device StatusnStep Action1Click on the device(s) you wish to get status for.2Click on the Device from the menu bar.3Click on the Status menu item from the Device menu.4In the Status Report window, if a checked box appears in the Detail/warnings column for a row,double click on that row to display additional information.5 Click OK to close the status report window.3
Using CDMA LMF – continuedJuly 1999 3-23SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Sorting a Status ReportWindowThe columns of a status report window can be sorted after the statusinformation is displayed.Follow the procedure in Table 3-15 to sort a status report window.Table 3-15: Sorting Status Report WindowsnStep Action1Click on a column heading to sort the displayed data by the column. The first click sorts the datain either ascending or descending order.2Click on the column a second time to sort the data in the opposite order. Refer to Figure 3-12.Figure 3-12: Sample LMF Status Report3
Download the BTSPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-24OverviewCode can be downloaded to a device that is in any state. After thedownload starts, the device being downloaded changes toOOS_ROM (blue). If the download is completed successfully, the devicechanges to OOS_RAM with code loaded (yellow). Prior to downloadinga device, a code file must exist. The code file is selected automatically ifthe code file is in the /lmf/cdma/n.n.n.n/code folder (where n.n.n.n is theversion number of the download code that matches the “NextLoad”parameter in the CDF file). The code file in the code folder must havethe correct hardware bin number. Code can be automatically or manuallyselected.Data must be downloaded to a device before the device is placed INS.The CSM must be INS before an MCC can be put INS. The devices tobe downloaded are as follows:SMaster Group Line Interface (MGLI2)SClock Sync Module (CSM)SMulti Channel Card (MCC)SBroadband Transceiver (BBX2)The MGLI must be successfully downloaded with code anddata, and put INS before downloading any other device.The download code process for an MGLI automaticallydownloads data and then enables the MGLI beforedownloading other devices.IMPORTANT*Downloading requires a few minutes. After the download starts, thedevice being downloaded changes to OOS_ROM (blue). If the downloadis completed successfully, the device changes to OOS_RAM (yellow)with code loaded (INS_ACT (green) for MGLI).Download Code Follow the steps in Table 3-16 to download the firmware applicationcode.When downloading multiple devices, the download mayfail for some of the devices (a time out occurs). Thesedevices can be downloaded separately after completing themultiple download.NOTE3
Download the BTS – continuedJuly 1999 3-25SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 3-16: Download CodenStep Action1Download code to all devices.2Select all devices to be downloaded.3From the Device pull down menu, select Download Code. Download Data to Non–MGLIDevicesNon–MGLI2 devices can be downloaded individually or all equippeddevices can be downloaded with one action. Data is downloaded to theMGLI as part of the download code process.When downloading multiple devices, the download mayfail for some of the devices (a time out occurs). Thesedevices can be downloaded separately after completing themultiple download.NOTEFollow the steps in Table 3-17 to download the code and data to thenon–MGLI2 devices.Table 3-17: Download Data to Non–MGLI DevicesnStep Action1Select the target CSM, BBX2 and MCC device(s). From the Device pull down menu, selectDownload Data.NOTEIf the CSM(s) and other shelf devices are selected, the Device pull down on the BTS tab must beused (not the one on the shelf).A status report is displayed that shows the result of the download for each selected device.2 Click OK to close the status report window.NOTEAfter a BBX2, CSM or MCC is successfully downloaded with code and has changed to theOOS–RAM state (yellow), the status LED should be rapidly flashing GREEN. 3
Download the BTS – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-26Enable CSMsEach BTS CSM system features two CSM boards per site. The GPSreceiver (mounted on CSM 1) is used as the primary timing referenceand synchronizes the entire cellular system. CSM 2 provides redundancy(but does not have a GPS receiver).The BTS may be equipped with a LORAN–C Low Frequency Receiver(LFR), or external 10 MHz Rubidium source which the CSM can use asa secondary timing reference. In all cases, the CSM monitors anddetermines what reference to use at a given time.– Each CSM (of a redundant pair at each BTS) isassociated with “partner” MCCs. CSMs must beenabled before the partner MCC can be enabled.– The CSM(s) and MCC(s) to be enabled must havebeen downloaded with code (Yellow, OOS–RAM)and have been downloaded with data.– Verify the CSM configured with the GPS receiver“daughter board” is installed in the frame’s CSM 1slot before continuing.IMPORTANT*Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-18 to enable the CSMs installed inthe C–CCP shelves.3
Download the BTS – continuedJuly 1999 3-27SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 3-18: Enable CSMsnStep Action1Click on the target CSM.From the Device pull down, select Enable.NOTEIf equipped with two CSMs, enable CSM–2 firstA status report is displayed confirming change in the device(s) status.Click OK to close the status report window.NOTEFAIL may be shown in the status table for enable action. If Waiting For Phase Lock is shown inthe Description field, the CSM changes to the Enabled state after phase lock is achieved.CSM 1 houses the GPS receiver. The enable sequence can take up to one hour (see below).* IMPORTANTThe GPS satellite system satellites are not in a geosynchronous orbit and are maintained andoperated by the United States Department of Defense (D.O.D.). The D.O.D. periodically alterssatellite orbits; therefore, satellite trajectories are subject to change. A GPS receiver that is INScontains an “almanac” that is updated periodically to take these changes into account.If a GPS receiver has not been updated for a number of weeks, it may take up to an hour for theGPS receiver “almanac” to be updated.Once updated, the GPS receiver must track at least four satellites and obtain (hold) a 3–D positionfix for a minimum of 45 seconds before the CSM will come in service. (In some cases, the GPSreceiver needs to track only one satellite, depending on accuracy mode set during the data load).2NOTEIf equipped with two CSMs, CSM–1 should be bright green (INS–ACT) and CSM–2 should bedark green(INS–STB)If more than an hour has passed, refer to CSM Verification, see Figure 3-20 and Table 3-21 todetermine the cause.NOTEAfter the CSMs have been successfully enabled, observe the PWR/ALM LEDs are steady green(alternating green/red indicates the card is in an alarm state). 3
Download the BTS – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-28Enable MCCsThis procedure configures the MCC and sets the “tx fine adjust”parameter. The “tx fine adjust” parameter is not a transmit gain setting,but a timing adjustment that compensates for the processing delay in theBTS (approximately 3 mS).Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-19 to enable the MCCs installed inthe C–CCP shelves.The MGLI, and CSM must be downloaded and enabled,prior to downloading and enabling the MCC.IMPORTANT*Table 3-19: Enable MCCsnStep Action1Click on the target MCC(s) or from the Select pull down menu choose All MCCs.2From the Device menu, select EnableA status report is displayed confirming change in the device(s) status.Click OK to close the status report window. 3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO VerificationJuly 1999 3-29SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2CSM & LFR BackgroundThe primary function of the Clock Synchronization Manager (CSM)boards (1 & 2) is to maintain CDMA System Time. The master GLI canrequest and distribute system time to the appropriate modules within aC–CCP shelf. The redundant GLI (slave) obtains system time from themaster GLI over the LAN. All boards are mounted in the C–CCP shelf.Each CSM board features an ovenized, crystal oscillator that provides19.6608 MHz clock, even second tick reference, and 3 MHz sinewavereference, referenced to the selected synchronization source (GPS,LORAN–C Frequency Receiver (LFR), or High Stability Oscillator(HSO), T1 Span, or external reference oscillator sources). The 3 MHzsignals are also routed to the RDM EXP 1A & 1B connectors on the topinterconnect panel for distribution to co–located frames at the site.Fault management has the capability of switching between the CSM 1and 2 boards in the event of a GPS receiver failure on CSM 1 or areference oscillator failure on either CSM board. During normaloperation, the CSM 1 board oscillator output is selected as the source.The source selection can also be overridden via the LMF or by the GLIcard.Front Panel LEDsSSteady Green – Master CSM locked to GPS or LFR (INS).SRapidly Flashing Green – Standby CSM locked to GPS or LFR(Stby).SFlashing Green / Rapidly Flashing Red – CSM OOS–RAMattempting to lock on GPS signal.SRapidly Flashing Green / Red – Alarm condition exists. TroubleNotifications (TNs) are currently being reported to the GLI.3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-30High Stability Oscillator (HSO)The High Stability Oscillator (HSO) module is a separate full–size cardwhich resides in a dedicated slot in the lower half of the C–CCP shelf.This is a completely self contained high stability 10 MHz oscillatorwhich interfaces with the CSM via a serial communications link. TheCSM handles the overall configuration and status monitoring functionsof the HSO. In the event of GPS failure, the HSO is capable ofmaintaining synchronization initially established by the GPS referencesignal for a limited timeThe HSO is basically a high stability 10 MHz oscillator with thenecessary interface to the CSMs. The HSO is typically installed in thosegeographical areas not covered by the LORAN–C system and providesthe following major functions:SReference oscillator temperature and phase lock monitor circuitrySInternal oscillator generates highly stable 10 MHz sine wave, androuted to reference divider circuitrySReference divider circuitry converts 10 MHz sine wave to 10 MHzTTL signal, which is divided to provide a 1 PPS strobe to the CSMEquipment Warm–upAllow the base site and test equipment to warm up for 60 minutesafter any interruption in oscillator power. CSM board warm-up allowsthe oscillator oven temperature and oscillator frequency to stabilize priorto test. Test equipment warm-up allows the Rubidium standard timebaseto stabilize in frequency before any measurements are made.CSM frequency verificationThe objective of this procedure is the initial verification of the ClockSynchronization Module (CSM) boards prior to performing the rf pathverification tests. Parts of this procedure will be repeated for finalverification after the overall optimization has been completed.3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continuedJuly 1999 3-31SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Test Equipment Setup (GPS &LFR/HSO Verification)Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-20 to set up test equipment.Table 3-20: Test Equipment Setup (GPS & LFR/HSO Verification)Step Action1Verify a CSM board with a GPS receiver is installed in primary CSM slot 1 and that CSM–1 is INS.NOTEThis is verified by checking the board ejectors for kit number SGLN1145 on board in slot 1.2Remove CSM–2 (if installed) and connect a serial cable from the LMF COM 1 port (via null modemboard) to the MMI port on CSM–1 (see Figure 3-13).3Reinstall CSM–2.4Open up a hyperterm window. From the Windows Start button, selectPrograms>Accessories>Communication>Hyperterminal.Set up a connection as follows:SConnect using= Direct to COM1SBps= 9600SData bits= 8SParity= NoneSStop bits= 1SFlow control= None5When the terminal screen appears press the Enter key until the CSM> prompt appears.SConnect GPS antenna to the (GPS) RF connectorONLY. Damage to the GPS antenna and/or receivercan result if the GPS antenna is inadvertently connectedto any other RF connector.CAUTION3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-32NOTES:1. One LED on each CSMGreen: IN–SERVICE ACTIVEFast Flashing Green: OOS–RAMRed: Fault Condition Flashing Green & Red: FaultNULL MODEMBOARD(TRN9666A)8–PIN TO 10–PINRS–232 CABLE (P/N30–09786R01)RS–232 SERIALMODEM CABLECSM BOARD SHOWNREMOVED FROM FRAME8–PIN10–PINDB9–TO–DB25ADAPTERCOM1 LMFNOTEBOOKFigure 3-13: CSM MMI Terminal ConnectionFW0008319.6 MHZ TESTPOINT REFERENCEEVEN SECOND TICK TESTPOINT REFERENCEGPS RECEIVERANTENNA INPUTGPS RECEIVERMMI SERIAL PORTANTENNA COAX CABLEREFERENCEOSCILLATOR3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continuedJuly 1999 3-33SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 219.6 MHZ TESTPOINT REFERENCEEVEN SECOND TICK TESTPOINT REFERENCEGPS RECEIVERANTENNA INPUTGPS RECEIVERMMI SERIAL PORTANTENNA COAX CABLEREFERENCEOSCILLATOR 3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-34GPS Initialization/VerificationFollow the steps outlined in Table 3-21 to connect to CSM–1 installed inthe C–CCP shelf, verifying that it is functioning normally.Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/VerificationStep Action1To verify that Clock alarms (0000), Dpll is locked and has a reference source, andGPS self test passed messages are displayed within the report, issue the following MMIcommandbstatus– Observe the following typical response:CSM Status INS:ACTIVE Slot A Clock MASTER.BDC_MAP:000, This CSM’s BDC Map:0000Clock Alarms (0000):DPLL is locked and has a reference source.GPS receiver self test result: passedTime since reset 0:33:11, time since power on: 0:33:11. . . continued on next page3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continuedJuly 1999 3-35SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/VerificationStep Action2Enter the following command at the CSM> prompt to display the current status of the Loran and theGPS receivers.sources– Observe the following typical response for systems equipped with LFR:N Source Name Type TO Good Status Last Phase Target Phase Valid–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––0LocalGPS Primary 4 YES Good 00Yes1 LFR CHA Secondary 4 YES Good –2013177 –2013177 Yes2 Not UsedCurrent reference source number: 0– Observe the following typical response for systems equipped with HSO:Num Source Name Type TO Good Status Last Phase Target Phase Valid––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––0 Local GPS Primary 4 Yes Good 3 0 Yes1HSO Backup 4 No N/A timed–out* Timed–out* No*NOTE “Timed–out” should only be displayed while the HSO is warming up. “Not–Present” or“Faulty” should not be displayed. If the HSO does not appear as one of the sources, then configure theHSO as a back–up source by entering the following command at the CSM> prompt:ss 1 12After a maximum of 15 minutes, the Rubidium oscillator should reach operational temperature and theLED on the HSO should now have changed from red to green. After the HSO front panel LED haschanged to green, enter sources <cr> at the CSM> prompt. Verify that the HSO is now a validsource by confirming that the bold text below matches the response of the “sources” command.The HSO should be valid within one (1) minute, assuming the DPLL is locked and the HSO rubidiumoscillator is fully warmed.Num Source Name Type TO Good Status Last Phase Target Phase Valid––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––0 Local GPS Primary 4 Yes Good 3 0 Yes1HSO Backup 4 Yes N/A xxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxx Yes3HSO information (underlined text above, verified from left to right) is usually the #1 reference source.If this is not the case, have the OMCR determine the correct BTS timing source has been identified inthe database by entering the display bts csmgen command and correct as required using the editcsm csmgen refsrc command.* IMPORTANTIf any of the above mentioned areas fail, verify:– If LED is RED, verify that HSO had been powered up for at least 5 minutes. After oscillatortemperature is stable, LED should go GREEN Wait for this to occur before continuing !– If “timed out” is displayed in the Last Phase column, suspect the HSO output buffer or oscillatoris defective– Verify the HSO is FULLY SEATED and LOCKED to prevent any possible board warpage. . . continued on next page3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-36Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/VerificationStep Action4Verify the following GPS information (underlined text above):– GPS information is usually the 0 reference source.– At least one Primary source must indicate “Status = good” and “Valid = yes” to bring site up.5Enter the following command at the CSM> prompt to verify that the GPS receiver is in tracking mode.gstatus– Observe the following typical response:24:06:08 GPS Receiver Control Task State: tracking satellites.24:06:08 Time since last valid fix: 0 seconds.24:06:08 24:06:08 Recent Change Data:24:06:08 Antenna cable delay 0 ns.24:06:08 Initial position: lat 117650000 msec, lon –350258000 msec, height 0 cm (GPS)24:06:08 Initial position accuracy (0): estimated.24:06:08 24:06:08 GPS Receiver Status:24:06:08 Position hold: lat 118245548 msec, lon –350249750 msec, height 20270 cm24:06:08 Current position: lat 118245548 msec, lon –350249750 msec, height 20270 cm(GPS)24:06:08 8 satellites tracked, receiving 8 satellites, 8 satellites visible.24:06:08 Current Dilution of Precision (PDOP or HDOP): 0.24:06:08 Date & Time: 1998:01:13:21:36:1124:06:08 GPS Receiver Status Byte: 0x0824:06:08 Chan:0, SVID: 16, Mode: 8, RSSI: 148, Status: 0xa824:06:08 Chan:1, SVID: 29, Mode: 8, RSSI: 132, Status: 0xa824:06:08 Chan:2, SVID: 18, Mode: 8, RSSI: 121, Status: 0xa824:06:08 Chan:3, SVID: 14, Mode: 8, RSSI: 110, Status: 0xa824:06:08 Chan:4, SVID: 25, Mode: 8, RSSI: 83, Status: 0xa824:06:08 Chan:5, SVID: 3, Mode: 8, RSSI: 49, Status: 0xa824:06:08 Chan:6, SVID: 19, Mode: 8, RSSI: 115, Status: 0xa824:06:08 Chan:7, SVID: 22, Mode: 8, RSSI: 122, Status: 0xa824:06:08 24:06:08 GPS Receiver Identification:24:06:08 COPYRIGHT 1991–1996 MOTOROLA INC. 24:06:08 SFTW P/N # 98–P36830P 24:06:08 SOFTWARE VER # 8 24:06:08 SOFTWARE REV # 8 24:06:08 SOFTWARE DATE 6 AUG 1996 24:06:08 MODEL # B3121P1115 24:06:08 HDWR P/N # _ 24:06:08 SERIAL # SSG0217769 24:06:08 MANUFACTUR DATE 6B07 24:06:08 OPTIONS LIST IB 24:06:08 The receiver has 8 channels and is equipped with TRAIM.6Verify the following GPS information (shown above in underlined text):– At least 4 satellites are tracked, and 4 satellites are visible.– GPS Receiver Control Task State is “tracking satellites”. Do not continue until this occurs!– Dilution of Precision indication is not more that 30.Record the current position base site latitude, longitude, height and height reference (height referenceto Mean Sea Level (MSL) or GPS height (GPS). (GPS = 0 MSL = 1).. . . continued on next page3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continuedJuly 1999 3-37SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/VerificationStep Action7If steps 1 through 6 pass, the GPS is good.* IMPORTANTIf any of the above mentioned areas fail, verify that:– If Initial position accuracy is “estimated” (typical), at least 4 satellites must be tracked andvisible (1 satellite must be tracked and visible if actual lat, log, and height data for this site hasbeen entered into CDF file).– If Initial position accuracy is “surveyed,” position data currently in the CDF file is assumed to beaccurate. GPS will not automatically survey and update its position.– The GPS antenna is not obstructed or misaligned.– GPS antenna connector center conductor measureS approximately +5 Vdc with respect to theshield.– There is no more than 4.5 dB of loss between the GPS antenna OSX connector and the BTS frameGPS input.– Any lightning protection installed between GPS antenna and BTS frame is installed correctly.8Enter the following commands at the CSM> prompt to verify that the CSM is warmed up and that GPSacquisition has taken place.debug dpllp Observe the following typical response if the CSM is not warmed up (15 minutes from application ofpower) (If warmed–up proceed to step 9)CSM>DPLL Task Wait. 884 seconds left.DPLL Task Wait. 882 seconds left.DPLL Task Wait. 880 seconds left. ...........etc.NOTEThe warm command can be issued at the MMI port used to force the CSM into warm–up, but thereference oscillator will be unstable.9Observe the following typical response if the CSM is warmed up.c:17486 off: –11, 3, 6 TK SRC:0 S0: 3 S1:–2013175,–2013175c:17486 off: –11, 3, 6 TK SRC:0 S0: 3 S1:–2013175,–2013175c:17470 off: –11, 1, 6 TK SRC:0 S0: 1 S1:–2013175,–2013175c:17486 off: –11, 3, 6 TK SRC:0 S0: 3 S1:–2013175,–2013175c:17470 off: –11, 1, 6 TK SRC:0 S0: 1 S1:–2013175,–2013175c:17470 off: –11, 1, 6 TK SRC:0 S0: 1 S1:–2013175,–201317510 Verify the following GPS information (underlined text above, from left to right):– Lower limit offset from tracked source variable is not less than –60 (equates to 3µs limit).– Upper limit offset from tracked source variable is not more than +60 (equates to 3µs limit).– TK SRC: 0 is selected, where SRC 0 = GPS.11 Enter the following commands at the CSM> prompt to exit the debug mode display.debug dpllp 3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-38LORAN–CInitialization/VerificationTable 3-22: LORAN–C Initialization/VerificationStep Action Note1At the CSM> prompt, enter lstatus <cr> to verify that the LFR is in trackingmode. A typical response is:mode. A typical response is:CSM> lstatus <cr>LFR St ti St tLFR Station Status:Clock coherence: 512 >5930M 51/60 dB 0 S/N Flag:5930X 52/64 dn –1 S/N Flag:5990 47/55 dB –6 S/N Flag:7980M 62/66 dB 10 S/N FlThis must be greaterthan 100 before LFRbecomes a valid source.7980M 62/66 dB 10 S/N Flag:7980W 65/69 dB 14 S/N Flag: . PLL Station . >7980X 48/54 dB –4 S/N Flag:7980Y 46/58 dB –8 S/N Flag:E7980Z 60/67 dB 8 S/N Flag:8290M 50/65 dB 0 S/N FlagThis shows the LFR islocked to the selectedPLL station.8290M 50/65 dB 0 S/N Flag:8290W 73/79 dB 20 S/N Flag:8290W 58/61 dB 6 S/N Flag:8290W 58/61 dB 6 S/N Flag:8970M 89/95 dB 29 S/N Flag:8970W 62/66 dB 10 S/N Flag:8970X 73/79 dB 22 S/N Flag:8970X 73/79 dB 22 S/N Flag:8970Y 73/79 dB 19 S/N Flag:8970Z 62/65 dB 10 S/N Flag:9610M 62/65 dB 10 S/N Flg9610M 62/65 dB 10 S/N Flag:9610V 58/61 dB 8 S/N Flag:9610W 47/49 dB –4 S/N Flag:E9610W 47/49 dB –4 S/N Flag:E9610X 46/57 dB –5 S/N Flag:E9610Y 48/54 dB –5 S/N Flag:E9610Z 65/69 dB 12 S/N Flag:9610Z 65/69 dB 12 S/N Flag:9940M 50/53 dB –1 S/N Flag:S9940W 49/56 dB –4 S/N Flag:E9940W 49/56 dB 4 S/N Flag:E9940Y 46/50 dB–10 S/N Flag:E9960M 73/79 dB 22 S/N Flag:9960W 51/60 dB 0 S/N Flag:9960W 51/60 dB 0 S/N Flag:9960X 51/63 dB –1 S/N Flag:9960Y 59/67 dB 8 S/N Flag:9960Z 89/96 dB 29 S/N Fl9960Z 89/96 dB 29 S/N Flag:LFR Task State: lfr locked to station 7980WLFR Recent Change Data:Search List: 5930 5990 7980 8290 8970 9940 9610 9960 >PLL GRI: 7980WLFR Master, reset not needed, not the reference source.CSM>This search list and PLLdata must match theconfiguration for thegeographical locationof the cell site.. . . continued on next page3
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continuedJuly 1999 3-39SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 3-22: LORAN–C Initialization/VerificationStep NoteAction2Verify the following LFR information (highlighted above in boldface type):– Locate the “dot” that indicates the current phase locked station assignment (assigned by MM).– Verify that the station call letters are as specified in site documentation as well as M X Y Zassignment.– Verify the S/N ratio of the phase locked station is greater than 8.3At the CSM> prompt, enter sources <cr> to display the current status of the the LORAN receiver.– Observe the following typical response.Num Source Name Type TO Good Status Last Phase Target Phase Valid––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––0 Local GPS Primary 4 Yes Good –3 0 Yes1 LFR ch A Secondary 4 Yes Good –2013177 –2013177 Yes2 Not usedCurrent reference source number: 14LORAN LFR information (highlighted above in boldface type) is usually the #1 reference source(verified from left to right).* IMPORTANTIf any of the above mentioned areas fail, verify:– The LFR antenna is not obstructed or misaligned.– The antenna pre–amplifier power and calibration twisted pair connections are intact and < 91.4 m(300 ft) in length.– A dependable connection to suitable Earth Ground is in place.– The search list and PLL station for cellsite location are correctly configured .NOTELFR functionality should be verified using the “source” command (as shown in Step 3). Use theunderlined responses on the LFR row to validate correct LFR operation.5At the CSM> close the hyperterminal window. 3
Test Equipment SetupPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-40Connecting Test Equipment tothe BTS: OverviewAll test equipment is controlled by the LMF via IEEE–488/GPIB bus.The LMF requires each piece of test equipment to have a factory setGPIB address. If there is a communications problem between the LMFand any piece of test equipment, verify that the GPIB addresses havebeen set correctly (normally 13 for a power meter and 18 for a CDMAanalyzer).This procedure requires working on our around circuitryextremely sensitive to ESD. To prevent damage, wear aconductive, high impedance wrist strap during handling ofany circuit board or module.Follow appropriate safety measures.CAUTIONRefer to Table 3-23 for an overview of connections for test equipmentcurrently supported by LMF.Typical DIP switch positions and/or configurations areshown in the following procedure and illustrations. If anyadditional information is required, refer to the testequipment OEM user manuals.NOTE3
Test Equipment Set–up – continuedJuly 1999 3-41SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Reading the Test EquipmentSetup ChartTable 3-23 depicts the current test equipment available meeting Motorolastandards.To identify the connection ports, locate the test equipment presentlybeing used in the TEST SETS columns, and read down the column.Where a ball appears in the column, connect one end of the test cable tothat port. Follow the horizontal line to locate the end connection(s),reading up the column to identify the appropriate equipment/BTS port.Table 3-23: Test Equipment SetupTEST SETS ADDITIONAL TEST EQUIPMENTSIGNAL Cyber–Test Ad-vantest HP8935 HP8921AHP8921W/PCS PowerMeterGPIBInter-face LMF DirectionalCoupler & Pad* BTSEVEN SECOND SYNCHRONIZATION EVENSEC REF EVEN SECSYNC INEVENSECONDSYNC INEVENSECONDSYNC INEVENSECONDSYNC IN19.6608 MHZCLOCK TIMEBASE INCDMATIME BASEIN EXTREF INCDMATIME BASEINCDMATIME BASEINCONTROLIEEE 488 BUS IEEE488 GPIB HP–IB HP–IB GPIB SERIALPORTHP–IB HP–IBTX TESTCABLES RFIN/OUT INPUT50–OHM RFIN/OUT TX1–6RFIN/OUT RFIN/OUT 20 DBPAD BTSPORTRX TESTCABLES RF GENOUT RF OUT50–OHM DUPLEX RX1–6DUPLEXOUT RF OUTONLYSYNCMONITORFREQMONITOR3
Test Equipment Set–up – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-42Equipment Warm-upWarm-up BTS equipment for a minimum of 60 minutesprior to performing the BTS optimization procedure. Thisassures BTS site stability and contributes to optimizationaccuracy. (Time spent running initial power-up,hardware/firmware audit, and BTS download counts aswarm-up time.)IMPORTANT*Null Modem CableA null modem cable is required. It is connected between the LMFCOM1 port and the RS232–GPIB Interface box. Figure 3-14 shows thewiring detail for the null modem cable.Figure 3-14: Null Modem Cable Detail5327814652378146GNDRXTXRTSCTSRSD/DCDDTRDSRGNDTXRXRTSCTSRSD/DCDDTRDSRON BOTH CONNECTORS:DSHORT PINS 7 & 8; DSHORT PINS 1, 4, & 69–PIN D–FEMALE 9–PIN D–FEMALETest EquipmentThe following test equipment is required to perform the tests:SLMFSCDMA Communications Test SetSDirectional Coupler and AttenuatorSRF Cables and connectorsBefore installing any test equipment directly to any BTSTX OUT connector, verify there are NO CDMA BBXchannels keyed. At active sites, have the OMC-R/CBSCplace the antenna (sector) assigned to the LPA under testOOS. Failure to do so can result in serious personal injuryand/or equipment damage.WARNINGTo prevent damage to the test equipment, all transmit (TX)test connections must be through the 30 dB directionalcoupler and, for 1.9 GHz BTS, a 20 dB in-line attenuator.CAUTION3
Test Equipment Set–up – continuedJuly 1999 3-43SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Re-calibration of the test equipment must be performed,before using to perform the TX Acceptance Tests.NOTETX CalibrationOptimization/ATP tests setsOptimization and ATP testing may be performed using one of thefollowing test sets:SCyberTestSAdvantest R3465 and HP–437B or Gigatronics Power MeterSHewlett–Packard HP 8935SHewlett–Packard HP 8921 W/CDMA and PCS Interface (1.7 & 1.9GHz) and HP–437B or Gigatronics Power MeterSSpectrum Analyzer (HP8594E) – optionalSRubidium Standard Timebase – optional3
Test Equipment Set–up – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-44Motorola CyberTestHewlett–Packard Model HP 8935Advantest Model R3465DUPLEXOUTRF OUT50–OHMINPUT50–OHMRF GEN OUTANT INANTINSUPPORTED TEST SETS30 DB DIRECTIONAL COUPLER100–WATT (MIN)NON–RADIATINGRF LOADTESTSETA. SHORT CABLE CALSHORTCABLEB. RX TEST SETUPTESTSETC. TX TEST SETUP20 DB PADCALIBRATION SET UPN–N FEMALEADAPTERTXCABLETXCABLESHORTCABLENote: The Directional Coupler is not used with theCybertest Test Set. The TX cable is connecteddirectly to the Cybertest Test Set.A 10dB attenuator must be used with the short testcable for cable calibration with the CyberTest TestSet. The 10dB attenuator is used only for the cablecalibration procedure, not with the test cables forTX calibration and ATP tests.30 DB DIRECTIONAL COUPLER100–WATT (MIN)NON–RADIATINGRF LOADTESTSET20 DB PADRXCABLERXCABLESHORTCABLEN–N FEMALEADAPTERFigure 3-15: Cable Calibration Test SetupFW00089Note: The HP8921A cannot be used to calibratecables for PCS frequencies3
Test Equipment Set–up – continuedJuly 1999 3-45SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Setup for TX CalibrationFigure 3-16 andFigure 3-17 show the test set connections for TXcalibration.Motorola CyberTestHewlett–Packard Model HP 8935TEST SETS TRANSMIT (TX) SET UPFRONT PANEL RFIN/OUTRF IN/OUTHP–IB TOGPIB BOXRS232–GPIBINTERFACE BOXINTERNAL PCMCIAETHERNET CARDGPIBCABLECOMMUNICATIONSTEST SETCONTROLIEEE 488GPIB BUSUNIVERSAL TWISTEDPAIR (UTP) CABLE(RJ45 CONNECTORS)RS232NULLMODEMCABLEOUTS MODEDATA FORMATBAUD RATEGPIB ADRSG MODEONTEST SETINPUT/OUTPUTPORTSBTS30 DBDIRECTIONALCOUPLER WITH UNUSEDPORT TERMINATED100–WATT (MIN)NON–RADIATINGRF LOADINTXTESTCABLECDMALMFDIP SWITCH SETTINGS2O DB PAD10BASET/10BASE2CONVERTERLANBLANATX TESTCABLETX ANTENNAPORT OR TXRFDSDIRECTIONALCOUPLERSPOWERMETER(OPTIONAL)** A POWER METER CAN BE USED IN PLACEOF THE COMMUNICATIONS TEST SET FOR TXCALIBRATION/AUDITPOWERSENSORFigure 3-16: TX calibration test setup (CyberTest and HP 8935)FW00094Note: The Directional Coupler is not used with theCybertest Test Set. The TX cable is connecteddirectly to the Cybertest Test Set.3
Test Equipment Set–up – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-46Hewlett–Packard Model HP 8921A W/PCS InterfacePOWER METERTEST SETS TRANSMIT (TX) SET UPRS232–GPIBINTERFACE BOXINTERNAL PCMCIAETHERNET CARDGPIBCABLEUNIVERSAL TWISTEDPAIR (UTP) CABLE(RJ45 CONNECTORS)RS232NULLMODEMCABLES MODEDATA FORMATBAUD RATEGPIB ADRS G MODEONBTS30 DBDIRECTIONALCOUPLERWITH UNUSEDPORT TERMINATED100–WATT (MIN)NON–RADIATINGRF LOADTXTESTCABLECDMALMFDIP SWITCH SETTINGS2O DB PAD10BASET/10BASE2CONVERTERLANBLANATX ANTENNAGROUP OR TXRFDSDIRECTIONALCOUPLERSNote: The HP 8921A cannot be used for TXcalibration. A power meter must be used.TXTESTCABLEPOWERSENSORFigure 3-17: TX calibration test setup (Advantest and HP 8921A W/PCS for 1700/1900)FW00095Advantest Model R3465RF OUT50–OHMINPUT50–OHMNote: The Advantest cannot be used for TXcalibration. A power meter must be used.3
Test Equipment Set–up – continuedJuly 1999 3-47SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Setup for Optimization/ATPFigure 3-18 and Figure 3-19 show the test set connections foroptimization/ATP tests.TXTESTCABLEMotorola CyberTestHewlett–Packard Model HP 8935DUPLEX OUTTEST SETS Optimization/ATP SET UPRFIN/OUTSYNC MONITOREVEN SEC TICKPULSE REFERENCEFROM CSM BOARDFREQ MONITOR19.6608 MHZ CLOCKREFERENCE FROMCSM BOARDRF IN/OUTHP–IBTO GPIBBOXAdvantest Model R3465INPUT50–OHMGPIB CONNECTSTO BACK OF UNITNOTE: The Directional Coupler is not used withthe Cybertest Test Set. The TX cable is connecteddirectly to the Cybertest Test set.RF OUTRX ANTENNAPORT OR RFDSRX ANTENNADIRECTIONALCOUPLERTX ANTENNAPORT OR RFDSRX ANTENNADIRECTIONALCOUPLERRS232–GPIBINTERFACE BOXINTERNAL PCMCIAETHERNET CARDGPIBCABLEUNIVERSAL TWISTEDPAIR (UTP) CABLE(RJ45 CONNECTORS)RS232 NULLMODEMCABLES MODEDATA FORMATBAUD RATEGPIB ADRS G MODEONBTSTXTESTCABLECDMALMFDIP SWITCH SETTINGS10BASET/10BASE2CONVERTERLANBLANARXTESTCABLECOMMUNICATIONSTEST SETIEEE 488GPIB BUSINTEST SETINPUT/OUTPUTPORTSOUTNOTE: IF BTS RX/TX SIGNALS AREDUPLEXED: BOTH THE TX AND RX TESTCABLES CONNECT TO THE DUPLEXEDANTENNA GROUP.100–WATT (MIN)NON–RADIATINGRF LOAD2O DB PAD30 DBDIRECTIONALCOUPLER WITHUNUSED PORTTERMINATEDEVENSECOND/SYNC INCDMATIMEBASE INFREQMONITORSYNCMONITORCSMFW00096Figure 3-18: Optimization/ATP test setup calibration (CyberTest, HP 8935 and Advantest)SYNC MONITOREVEN SEC TICKPULSE REFERENCEFROM CSM BOARDFREQ MONITOR19.6608 MHZ CLOCKREFERENCE FROMCSM BOARDSYNC MONITOREVEN SEC TICKPULSE REFERENCEFROM CSM BOARDFREQ MONITOR19.6608 MHZ CLOCKREFERENCE FROMCSM BOARD3
Test Equipment Set–up – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-48RF OUTONLYHewlett–Packard Model HP 8921AW/PCS InterfaceHP PCSINTERFACEGPIBCONNECTSTO BACK OFUNITSSYNC MONITOREVEN SEC TICKPULSE REFERENCEFROM CSM BOARDFREQ MONITOR19.6608 MHZ CLOCKREFERENCE FROMCSM BOARDTEST SETS Optimization/ATP SET UPRX ANTENNAPORT OR RFDSRX ANTENNADIRECTIONALCOUPLERTX ANTENNAPORT OR RFDSRX ANTENNADIRECTIONALCOUPLERRS232–GPIBINTERFACE BOXINTERNAL PCMCIAETHERNET CARDGPIBCABLEUNIVERSAL TWISTEDPAIR (UTP) CABLE(RJ45 CONNECTORS)RS232 NULLMODEMCABLES MODEDATA FORMATBAUD RATEGPIB ADRS G MODEONBTSTXTESTCABLECDMALMFDIP SWITCH SETTINGS10BASET/10BASE2CONVERTERLANBLANARXTESTCABLECOMMUNICATIONS TEST SETIEEE 488GPIB BUSINTEST SETINPUT/OUTPUTPORTSOUTNOTE: IF BTS RX/TX SIGNALS AREDUPLEXED: BOTH THE TX AND RX TESTCABLES CONNECT TO THE DUPLEXEDANTENNA GROUP.100–WATT (MIN)NON–RADIATINGRF LOAD2O DB PAD30 DBDIRECTIONALCOUPLER WITHUNUSED PORTTERMINATEDEVENSECOND/SYNC INCDMATIMEBASE INFREQMONITORSYNCMONITORCSMRFIN/OUTFigure 3-19: Optimization/ATP test setup HP 8921A W/PCSFW000973
Test Equipment Set–up – continuedJuly 1999 3-49SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Figure 3-20: Typical TX ATP Setup with Directional Coupler (shown with and without RFDS)30 DBDIRECTIONALCOUPLER40W NON–RADIATINGRF LOADOUTPUTPORTRVS (REFLECTED)PORT 50–OHMTERMINATIONFWD(INCIDENT)PORTBTS INPUTPORT TX TESTCABLEONE 20 DB 20 W IN LINEATTENUATORConnect TX test cable betweenthe directional coupler input portand the appropriate TX antennadirectional coupler connector.TX ANTENNA DIRECTIONAL COUPLERSRFDS RX (RFM TX) COUPLEROUTPUTS TO RFDS FWD(BTS)ASU2 (SHADED) CONNECTORSRX(RFM TX)TX(RFM RX)COBRA RFDS Detail123RF FEED LINE TODIRECTIONALCOUPLERREMOVEDCOMMUNICATIONSTEST SETINAppropriate test sets and the portnames for all model test sets aredescribed in Table 3-23.TXTESTCABLETX RF FROM BTS FRAMETESTDIRECTIONALCOUPLERNOTE:THIS SETUP APPLIES TO BOTHSTARTER AND EXPANSION FRAMES. FW001163
Test Equipment Set–up – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-50Figure 3-21: Typical RX ATP Setup with Directional Coupler (shown with or without RFDS)RX RF FROM BTSFRAME341256Connect RX test cable betweenthe test set and the appropriateRX antenna directional coupler.RX ANTENNA DIRECTIONAL COUPLERSRF FEED LINE TOTX ANTENNAREMOVEDCOMMUNICATIONSTEST SETRFDS TX (RFM RX) COUPLEROUTPUTS TO RFDS FWD(BTS)ASU1 (SHADED) CONNECTORSRX(RFM TX)TX(RFM RX)COBRA RFDS DetailOUTAppropriate test sets and the portnames for all model test sets aredescribed in Table 3-23.RX TestCableNOTE:THIS SETUP APPLIES TO BOTHSTARTER AND EXPANSION FRAMES.FW001153
Test Set CalibrationPRELIMINARY 2July 1999 3-51SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFBackgroundProper test equipment setup ensures that the test equipment andassociated test cables do not introduce measurement errors, and thatmeasurements are correct.If the test set being used to interface with the BTS has beencalibrated and maintained as a set, this procedure does notneed to be performed. (Test Set includes LMF terminal,communications test set, additional test equipment,associated test cables, and adapters).NOTEThis procedure must be performed prior to beginning the optimization.Verify all test equipment (including all associated test cables andadapters actually used to interface all test equipment and the BTS) hasbeen calibrated and maintained as a set.If any piece of test equipment, test cable, or RF adapter,that makes up the calibrated test equipment set, has beenreplaced, re-calibration must be performed. Failure to do socan introduce measurement errors, resulting in incorrectmeasurements and degradation to system performance.CAUTIONCalibration of the communications test set (or equivalenttest equipment) must be performed at the site beforecalibrating the overall test set. Calibrate the test equipmentafter it has been allowed to warm–up and stabilize for aminimum of 60 minutes.IMPORTANT*PurposeThese procedures access the CDMA LMF automated calibration routineused to determine the path losses of the supported communicationsanalyzer, power meter, associated test cables, and (if used) antennaswitch that make up the overall calibrated test set. After calibration, thegain/loss offset values are stored in a test measurement offset file on theCDMA LMF.3
Test Set Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-52Selecting Test EquipmentUse LMF Options from the Options menu list to select test equipmentautomatically (using the autodetect feature) or manually.PrerequisitesA Serial Connection and a Network Connection tab are provided fortest equipment selection. The Serial Connection tab is used when thetest equipment items are connected directly to the CDMA LMFcomputer via a GPIB box (normal setup). The Network Connection tabis used when the test equipment is to be connected remotely via anetwork connection.Ensure the following has been completed before selecting testequipment:STest equipment is correctly connected and turned on.SCDMA LMF computer serial port and test equipment are connected tothe GPIB box.Manually Selecting TestEquipment in a SerialConnection TabTest equipment can be manually specified before, or after, the testequipment is connected. CDMA LMF does not check to see if the testequipment is actually detected for manual specification.Table 3-24: Selecting Test Equipment Manually in a Serial Connection TabnStep Action1From the Options menu, select LMF Options. The LMF Options window appears.2Click on the Serial Connection tab (if not in the forefront).3Select the correct serial port in the COMM Port pick list (normally COM1).4Select the baud rate in the Baud Rate pick list (normally 9600). The baud rate and GPIB boxsetup must agree.5Click on the Manual Specification button (if not enabled).6Click on the check box corresponding to the test item(s) to be used.7Type the GPIB address in the corresponding GPIB address box.Recommended Addresses13=Power Meter18=CDMA Analyzer8Click on Apply. (The button will darken until the selection has been committed.)NOTEWith manual selection, CDMA LMF does not detect the test equipment to see if it is connectedand communicating with CDMA LMF.9Click on Dismiss to close the test equipment window.3
Test Set Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2July 1999 3-53SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFAutomatically Selecting TestEquipment in a SerialConnection Tab When using the auto-detection feature to select test equipment, theCDMA LMF examines which test equipment items are actuallycommunicating with CDMA LMF. Follow the procedure in Table 3-25to use the auto-detect feature.Table 3-25: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-DetectnStep Action1From the Options menu, select LMF Options. The LMF Options window appears.2Click on Auto–Detection (if not enabled).3Type in the GPIB addresses in the box labeled GPIB address to search (if not already displayed).NOTEWhen both a power meter and analyzer are selected, the first item listed in the GPIB addresses tosearch box will be used for RF power measurements (i.e., TX calibration). The address for apower meter is normally 13 and the address for a CDMA analyzer is normally 18. If 13,18 isincluded in the GPIB addresses to search box, the power meter (13) will be used for RF powermeasurements. If the test equipment items are manually selected the CDMA analyzer is used onlyif a power meter is not selected.4 Click Apply. The button will darken until the selection has been committed. A check mark willappear in the Manual Configuration section for detected test equipment items.5 Click Dismiss to close the LMF Options window.Network Test EquipmentSetup Test equipment can be remotely detected and used by CDMA LMF. ALAN connection is required between the CDMA LMF location and thetest equipment location. A LAN-to-serial interface is required at the testequipment location. A diagram of a typical network test equipment setupis shown in Figure 3-22Figure 3-22: Typical Network Test Equipment SetupGPIB BOX TESTEQUIPMENTLANCONNECTIONETHERNET–TO–SERIALTERMINALCDMA LMFCOMPUTERETHERNETLAN ACCESSNULL MODEMSERIAL CABLEGPIBCABLECDMA LMFLOCATION TEST EQUIPMENT LOCATION(FOR EXAMPLE, A CELL SITE) FW000733
Test Set Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-54Manually Selecting TestEquipment Using the NetworkTabTest equipment can be manually specified before, or after test equipmentis connected. The CDMA LMF does not check to see if the testequipment is actually detected for manual specification. Follow theprocedure in Table 3-26 to select the test equipment manually using anetwork connection tab.Table 3-26: Selecting Test Equipment Manually Using a Network Connection TabnStep Action1From the Options menu, select LMF Options. The LMF Options window appears.2Click on the Network Connection tab (if not in the forefront).3In the IP Address box, enter the IP address number for the serial connection terminal at the testequipment location (for example, Xterm terminal or IP–to–serial terminal).4Click on the Manual Specification button (if not enabled).5Click on the check box corresponding to the test item(s) to be used.6Type the GPIB address in the corresponding GPIB address box.Recommended Addresses13=Power Meter18=CDMA Analyzer7Click on Apply. (The button will darken until the selection has been committed.)NOTEWith manual selection, CDMA LMF does not detect the test equipment to see if it is connectedand communicating with CDMA LMF.8Click on Dismiss to close the test equipment window. Automatically Selecting TestEquipment Using the NetworkTabWhen the auto-detection feature is used to select test equipment, CDMALMF checks to determine which test equipment items are actuallycommunicating with CDMA LMF. Follow the procedure in Table 3-27to select the test equipment using the auto-detection feature.Table 3-27: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-DetectnStep Action1From the Options menu, select LMF Options. The LMF Options window appears.2Click on the Network Connection tab (if not in the forefront).3In the IP Address box, enter the IP address number for the serial connection terminal at the testequipment location (for example, Xterm terminal or IP–to–serial terminal).. . . continued on next page3
Test Set Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2July 1999 3-55SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFTable 3-27: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-DetectnActionStep4Click on Auto–Detection if it is not enabled.5Type in the GPIB addresses in the box labeled GPIB address to search, if the GPIB addresses arenot already displayed.NOTEWhen both a power meter and analyzer are selected, the first item listed in the GPIB addresses tosearch box will be used for RF power measurements (i.e., TX calibration). The address for apower meter is normally 13 and the address for a CDMA analyzer is normally 18. If 13,18 isincluded in the GPIB addresses to search box, the power meter (13) will be used for RF powermeasurements.6 Click Apply. (The button will darken until the selection has been committed.) A check mark willappear in the Manual Configuration section for detected test equipment items.7 Click Dismiss to close the LMF Options window. Calibrating Test EquipmentThe calibrate test equipment function zeros the power measurement levelof the test equipment item that is to be used for TX calibration and audit.If both a power meter and an analyzer are connected, only the powermeter is zeroed.The Calibrate Test Equipment menu item from the Device menu list isused to calibrate test equipment. The test equipment must be selectedbefore beginning calibration. Follow the procedure in Table 3-28 tocalibrate the test equipment.Table 3-28: Test Equipment CalibrationnStep Action1From the Util menu, select Calibrate Test Equipment. A Directions window is displayed.Follow the instructions provided.2Click on Continue to close the Directions window. A status window is displayed.3Click on OK to close the status report window.Calibrating CablesThe cable calibration function is used to measure the loss (in dB) for theTX and RX cables that are to be used for testing. A CDMA analyzer isused to measure the loss of each cable configuration (TX cableconfiguration and RX cable configuration). The cable calibrationconsists of the following steps.SMeasure the loss of a short cable. This is done to compensate for anymeasurement error of the analyzer. The sort cable, which is used onlyfor the calibration process, is used in series with both the TX and RX3
Test Set Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-56cable configuration when they are measured. The measured loss of theshort cable is deducted from the measured loss of the TX and RXcable configuration to determine the actual loss of the TX and RXcable configurations. This deduction is done so any error in theanalyzer measurement will be adjusted out of both the TX and RXmeasurements.SThe short cable plus the RX cable configuration loss is measured. TheRX cable configuration normally consists only of a coax cable withtype–N connectors that is long enough to reach from the BTS RX portthe test equipment.SThe short cable plus the TX cable configuration loss is measured. TheTX cable configuration normally consists of two coax cables withtype–N connectors and a directional coupler, a load, and an additionalattenuator if required by the BTS type. The total loss of the path lossof the TX cable configuration must be as required for the BTS(normally 30, 40, or 50 dB). The Motorola Cybertest analyzer isdifferent in that the required attenuation/load is built into the test setso the TX cable configuration consists only of the required lengthcoax cable.Calibrating Cables with aCDMA AnalyzerThe Cable Calibration menu item from the Util menu list is used tocalibrate both TX and RX test cables for use with CDMA LMF.Cable calibration cannot be accomplished with an HP8921analyzer. A different analyzer type or the signal generatorand spectrum analyzer method must be used (refer toTable 3-30 and Figure 3-23). Cable calibration values mustbe manually entered if the signal generator and spectrumanalyzer method is used.NOTEThe test equipment must be selected before this procedure can be started.Follow the procedure in Table 3-29 to calibrate the cables. Figure 3-15illustrates the cable calibration test equipment setup.Table 3-29: Cable CalibrationnStep Action1From the Util menu, select Cable Calibration. A Cable Calibration window is displayed.2Enter a channel number(s) in the Channels box. Multiple channels numbers must be separatedwith a comma, no space (i.e., 200,800). When two or more channels numbers are entered, thecables will be calibrated for each channel. Interpolation will be accomplished for other channels asrequired for TX calibration.3 Select TX and RX CABLE CAL, TX CABLE CAL or RX CABLE CAL in the CableCalibration picklist.3
Test Set Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2July 1999 3-57SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFTable 3-29: Cable CalibrationnActionStep4 Click OK. Follow the direction displayed for each step. A status report window will be displayedwith the results of the cable calibration (refer to Figure 3-15).Calibrating TX Cables Using aSignal Generator andSpectrum AnalyzerFollow the procedure in Table 3-30 to calibrate the TX cables using thesignal generator and spectrum analyzer. Refer to Figure 3-23 for adiagram of the signal generator and spectrum analyzer.Table 3-30: Calibrating TX Cables Using Signal Generator and Spectrum AnalyzerStep Action1Connect a short test cable between the spectrum analyzer and the signal generator.2Set signal generator to 0 dBm at the customer frequency of 1840–1870 MHz band for Korea PCS and1930–1990 MHz band for North American PCS.3Use spectrum analyzer to measure signal generator output (see Figure 3-23, “A”) and record the value.4Connect the spectrum analyzer’s short cable to point “B”, as shown in the lower portion of thediagram, to measure cable output at customer frequency (1840–1870 MHz for Korea PCS and1930–1990 MHz for North American PCS) and record the value at point “B”.5Calibration factor = A – BExample: Cal = –1 dBm – (–53.5 dBm) = 52.5 dBNOTEThe short cable is used for calibration only. It is not part of the final test setup. After calibration iscompleted, do not re-arrange any cables. Use the equipment setup, as is, to ensure test procedures usethe correct calibration factor.3
Test Set Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-5850 OHMTERMINATION30 DBDIRECTIONALCOUPLERFigure 3-23: Calibrating Test Equipment Setup for TX BLO and TX ATP Tests(using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer)SpectrumAnalyzerSignal GeneratorASpectrumAnalyzer40W NON–RADIATINGRF LOADBSHORT TEST CABLESignal GeneratorTHIS WILL BE THE CONNECTION TO THE HP8481A POWERSENSOR DURING TX BAY LEVEL OFFSET TEST AND TO THEPCS INTERFACE BOX INPUT PORT DURING TX ATP TESTS.SHORTTESTCABLE THIS WILL BE THE CONNECTION TO THE TXPORTS ON THE SC 4800/4800E DURING TXBAY LEVEL OFFSET TEST AND TX ATP TESTS.CABLE FROM 20 DB @ 20W ATTENUATOR TO THEPCS INTERFACE OR THE HP8481A POWER SENSOR.AONE 20DB 20 W INLINE ATTENUATORCalibrating RX Cables Using aSignal Generator andSpectrum Analyzer Follow the procedure in Table 3-31 to calibrate the RX cables using thesignal generator and spectrum analyzer. Refer to Figure 3-24, if required.Table 3-31: Calibrating RX Cables Using a Signal Generator and Spectrum AnalyzerStep Action1Connect a short test cable to the spectrum analyzer and connect the other end to the Signal Generator.2Set signal generator to –10 dBm at the customer’s RX frequency of 1750–1780 MHz for Korean PCSand 1850–1910 MHz band for North American PCS.3Use spectrum analyzer to measure signal generator output (see Figure 3-24, “A”) and record the valuefor “A”.4Connect the test setup, as shown in the lower portion of the diagram, to measure the output at thecustomer’s RX frequency in the 1850–1910 MHz band. Record the value at point ‘‘B”.5Calibration factor = A – BExample: Cal = –12 dBm – (–14 dBm) = 2 dBNOTEThe short test cable is used for test equipment setup calibration only. It is not be part of the final testsetup. After calibration is completed, do not re-arrange any cables. Use the equipment setup, as is, toensure test procedures use the correct calibration factor.3
Test Set Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2July 1999 3-59SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFFigure 3-24: Calibrating Test Equipment Setup for RX ATP Test(using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer)SpectrumAnalyzerSignalGeneratorABSpectrumAnalyzerSHORTTESTCABLESHORTTESTCABLETHIS WILL BE THE CONNECTION TOTHE HP PCS INTERFACE OUTPUT PORTDURING RX MEASUREMENTS.SignalGeneratorBULLETCONNECTORLONGCABLE 2CONNECTION TO THE RX PORTSDURING RX MEASUREMENTS.3
Test Set Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-60Setting Cable Loss Values Cable loss values for the TX and RX test cable configurations arenormally set by accomplishing cable calibration with use of theapplicable test equipment. The resulting values are stored in the cableloss files. The cable loss values can also be set/changed manually.PrerequisitesSExit CDMA LMF.Table 3-32: Setting Cable Loss ValuesStep Action1Click on the Set RX Cable Loss or Set TX Cable Loss desktop icon.2 Enter print and press the Enter key to display the existing cable loss values.3 Enter add cn cl and press the Enter key to enter a new cable loss value (where cn is the channelnumber and cl is the cable loss value – e.g., add 385 40.3 for channel 385 and a cable loss of 40.3dB).4 Enter print and press Enter to display the updated cable loss values.5 Enter quit and press Enter when the cable loss values are as desired.NOTESIf cable loss values exist for two different channels the LMF will interpolate for all other channels.SEnter help to display a list of commands.SEnter get cn to display the cable loss for a channel number (where cn is the channel number).SEnter save fn to create a new cable loss file with a different file name in the wlmf folder (where fnis a file name). The created file is not a readable text file. This can be done to save cable loss valuesfor future use. The saved values can be retrieved with use of the load command.SEnter load fn to load the cable loss values from a saved cable loss file. (where fn is a file name)3
Bay Level Offset CalibrationJuly 1999 3-61SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2IntroductionCalibration compensates for normal equipment variations within theBTS and assures maximum measurement accuracy.RF Path Bay Level OffsetCalibrationCalibration identifies the accumulated gain in every transmit path(BBX2 slot) at the BTS site and stores that value in the CAL file. TheBLOs are subsequently downloaded to each BBX2.Each receive path starts at a BTS RX antenna port and terminates at abackplane BBX2 slot. Each transmit path starts at a BBX2 backplaneslot, travels through the LPA, and terminates at a BTS TX antenna port.Calibration identifies the accumulated gain in every transmit path(BBX2 slot) at the BTS site and stores that value in the CAL file. Eachtransmit path starts at a C–CCP shelf backplane BBX2 slot, travelsthrough the LPA, and ends at a BTS TX antenna port. When the TX pathcalibration is performed, the RX path BLO will automatically be set tothe default value of 16 dB. This is shown in the bts–bts#.cal file as aconverted decimal value of 16600.At omni sites, BBX2 slots 1 and R1 (for 1-carrier) or slots 1, R1, 2, andR2 (for 2-carrier) are tested. At sector sites, BBX2 slots 1 through R1(for 1-carrier) or slots 1 through R21(for 2-carrier) are tested. Only thoseslots (sectors) actually equipped in the current CDF file are tested,regardless of physical BBX2 board installation in the slot.When to Re-calibrate BLOs Calibration of BLOs is required after initial BTS installation.The BLO data of an operational BTS site must be re-calibrated onceeach year. Motorola recommends re-calibrating the BLO data for allassociated RF paths after replacing any of the following components orassociated interconnecting RF cabling:SBBX2 boardSC–CCP shelfSCIO cardSCIO to LPA backplane RF cableSLPA backplaneSLPASTX filter / TX filter combinerSTX thru-port cable to the top of frame3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-62TX Path CalibrationThe TX Path Calibration assures correct site installation, cabling, and thefirst order functionality of all installed equipment. The proper functionof each RF path is verified during calibration. The external testequipment is used to validate/calibrate the TX paths of the BTS.Before installing any test equipment directly to any TXOUT connector you must first verify that there are noCDMA channels keyed. Have the OMC–R place the sectorassigned to the LPA under test OOS. Failure to do so canresult in serious personal injury and/or equipment damage.WARNINGAlways wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strapwhile handling any circuit card/module. If this is not done,there is a high probability that the card/module could bedamaged by ESD.CAUTIONAt new site installations, to facilitate the complete test ofeach CCP shelf (if the shelf is not already fully populatedwith BBX2 boards), move BBX2 boards from shelvescurrently not under test and install them into the emptyBBX2 slots of the shelf currently being tested to insure thatall BBX2 TX paths are tested.– This procedure can be bypassed on operational sitesthat are due for periodic optimization.– Prior to testing, view the CDF file to verify thecorrect BBX2 slots are equipped. Edit the file asrequired to include BBX2 slots not currentlyequipped (per Systems Engineering documentation).IMPORTANT*3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continuedJuly 1999 3-63SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2BLO Calibration Data FileDuring the calibration process, the LMF creates a calibration (BLO) datafile. After calibration has been completed, this offset data must bedownloaded to the BBX2s using the Download BLO function. Anexplanation of the file is shown below.Due to the size of the file, Motorola recommends that youprint out a hard copy of a bts.cal file and refer to it for thefollowing descriptions.NOTEThe CAL file is subdivided into sections organized on a per slot basis (aslot Block).Slot 1 contains the calibration data for the 12 BBX2 slots. Slot 20contains the calibration data for the redundant BBX2. Each BBX2 slotheader block contains:SA creation Date and Time – broken down into separate parameters ofcreateMonth, createDay, createYear, createHour, and createMin.SThe number of calibration entries – fixed at 720 entries correspondingto 360 calibration points of the CAL file including the slot header andactual calibration data.SThe calibration data for a BBX2 is organized as a large flat array. Thearray is organized by branch, sector, and calibration point.– The first breakdown of the array indicates which branch thecontained calibration points are for. The array covers transmit, mainreceive and diversity receive offsets as follows:Table 3-33: BLO BTS.cal file Array AssignmentsRange AssignmentC[1]–C[240] TransmitC[241]–C[480] ReceiveC[481]–C[720] Diversity Receive3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-64– The second breakdown of the array is per sector. Three sectors areallowed.Table 3-34: BTS.cal file Array (per sector)Sector TX RX RX Diversity1 (Omni) C[1]–C[20] C[241]–C[260] C[481]–C[500]2 C[21]–C[40] C[261]–C[280] C[501]–C[520]3 C[41]–C[60] C[281]–C[300] C[521]–C[540]4 C[61]–[80] C[301]–C[320] C[541]–C[560]5 C[81]–[100] C[321]–C[340] C[561]–C[580]6 C[101]–[120] C[341]–C[360] C[581]–C[600]SRefer to the hard copy of the file. As you can see, 10 calibrationpoints per sector are supported for each branch. Two entries arerequired for each calibration point.SThe first value (all odd entries) refer to the CDMA channel(frequency) the BLO is measured at. The second value (all evenentries) is the power set level. The valid range for PwrLvlAdj is from2500 to 27500 (2500 corresponds to –125 dBm and 27500corresponds to +125 dBm).SThe 20 calibration entries for each sector/branch combination must bestored in order of increasing frequency. If less than 10 points(frequencies) are calibrated, the largest frequency that is calibrated isrepeated to fill out the 10 points.Example:C[1]=384, odd cal entry = 1 ‘‘calibration point”C[2]=19102, even cal entryC[3]=777,C[4]=19086,..C[19]=777,C[20]=19086, (since only two cal points were calibrated this would be repeated for the next 8 points)SWhen the BBX2 is loaded with BLO data, the cal file data for theBBX2 is downloaded to the device in the order it is stored in the CALfile. TxCal data is sent first, C[1] – C[60]. Sector 1’s 10 calibrationpoints are sent (C[1] – C[20]), followed by sector 2’s 10 calibrationpoints (C[21] – C[40]), etc. The RxCal data is sent next, followed bythe RxDCal data.STemperature compensation data is also stored in the cal file for eachslot.3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continuedJuly 1999 3-65SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Test Equipment Setup:RF Path CalibrationFollow the steps outlined in Table 3-35 to set up test equipment.Table 3-35: Test Equipment Setup (RF Path Calibration)Step ActionNOTEVerify the GPIB is properly connected and turned on.! CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the test equipment, all transmit (TX) test connections must be via the 30 dBdirectional coupler with a 20 dB in–line attenuator,1Connect the LMF computer terminal to the BTS LAN A connector on the BTS (if you have notalready done so). Refer to the procedure in Table 3–2 on page 3-8.SIf required, calibrate the test equipment per the procedure in Table 3-28.SConnect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-16 and Figure 3-17.3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-66Transmit (TX) Path CalibrationThe assigned channel frequency and power level (as measured at the topof the frame) for transmit calibration is derived from the site CDF file.For each BBX2, the channel frequency is specified in the ChannelListCDF file parameter and the power is specified in the SIFPilotPwrCDF file parameter for the sector associated with the BBX2 (locatedunder the ParentSECTOR field of the ParentCARRIER CDF fileparameter).The calibration procedure attempts to adjust power to within +0.5 dB ofthe desired power.Perform the calibration of the transmit paths of all equipped BBX2 slotsper the steps in Table 3-36. TX BLO is approximately 40 dB +3.0 dB.TX BLO = Frame Power Output minus BBX2 output level.TX Calibration TestThe Tests menu item, TX Calibration, performs the TX BLOCalibration test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through theappropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.PrerequisitesBefore running this test, the following should be done:SCSM–1,GLI2s, BBX2s have correct code load.SPrimary CSM and MGLI2 are INS.SAll BBX2s are OOS_RAM.STest equipment and test cables are calibrated and connected for TXBLO calibration.SLMF is logged into the BTS.Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-16 and Figure 3-17and follow the procedure in Table 3-36 to perform the TX calibrationtest.Table 3-36: BTS TX Path CalibrationnStep Action1Select the BBX2(s) to be calibrated.From the Tests menu, select TX Calibration2Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrlkeyboard key to select multiple items).3Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.4Click on OK.5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.The test results will be displayed in the status report window.6Click on OK to close the status report window. 3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continuedJuly 1999 3-67SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Verify all BBX2 boards removed and repositioned havebeen returned to their assigned shelves/slots. Any BBX2boards moved since they were downloaded will have to bedownloaded again.IMPORTANT*Exception HandlingIn the event of a failure, the calibration procedure displays a FAILmessage in the status report window and provides information in theDescription field.Recheck the test setup and connection and re–run the test. If the tests failagain, note specifics about the failure, and refer to Chapter 7,Troubleshooting.Download BLOs to BBX2sAfter a successful TX path, download the bay level offset calibration filedata to the BBX2s.Download BLO ProcedureBLO data is extracted from the CAL file for the BTS and downloaded tothe selected BBX2 devices. The BBX2s being downloaded must be inthe OOS_RAM (yellow) state.Table 3-37: Download BLOnStep Action1Select the BBX2(s) to be downloaded.2From the Device menu, select Download BLO.3 Click OK to close the status report window. Calibration Audit IntroductionThe BLO calibration audit procedure confirms the successful generationand storage of the BLO calibrations.The calibration audit procedure measures the path gain or loss of everyBBX2 transmit path at the site.In this test, actual system tolerances are used to determine the success orfailure of a test. The same external test equipment set up is used.*RF path verification, BLO calibration, and BLO datadownload to BBX2s must have been successfullycompleted prior to performing the calibration audit.IMPORTANT3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-68Transmit (TX) Path AuditPerform the calibration audit of the TX paths of all equipped BBX2slots, per the steps in Table 3-38.Before installing any test equipment directly to any TXOUT connector, first verify there are no CDMA BBX2channels keyed. Failure to do so can result in seriouspersonal injury and/or equipment damage.WARNINGTo prevent damage to the test equipment, all TX testconnections must be via the 30 dB directional coupler and20 dB in–line attenuator.CAUTION3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continuedJuly 1999 3-69SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2TX Audit TestThe Tests menu item, TX Audit, performs the TX BLO Audit test for aBBX2(s). All measurements are made through the appropriate TX outputconnector using the calibrated TX cable setup.Prerequisites: Before running this test, the following should be done:SCSM–1,GLI2s, BBX2s have correct code load.SPrimary CSM and MGLI2 are INS.SAll BBX2s are OOS_RAM.STest equipment and test cables are calibrated and connected for TXBLO calibration.SLMF is logged into the BTS.SPrimary CSM is INS (CSM clock valid).Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-16 and Figure 3-17 andfollow the procedures in Table 3-38 to perform the BTS TX Path Audittest.Table 3-38: TX Path AuditnStep Action1Select the BBX2(s) to be audited. From the Tests menu, select TX Audit.2Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrlkey to select multiple items).3Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.4Click on OK.5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed. The test results will be displayed inthe status report window.6Click on OK to close the status report window. Exception HandlingIn the event of a failure, the calibration procedure displays a FAILmessage in the status report window and provides information in theDescription field.Recheck the test setup and connection and re–run the test. If the tests failagain, note specifics about the failure, and refer to Chapter 7,Troubleshooting.3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-70All Cal/Audit testThe Tests menu item, All Cal/Audit, performs the TX BLO Calibrationand Audit test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through theappropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.If the TX calibration portion of the test passed, the BLOdata will automatically be downloaded to the BBX2(s)before the audit portion of the test is run.NOTEPerquisitesBefore running this test, the following should be done:SCSM–1,GLI2s, BBX2s have correct code load.SPrimary CSM and MGLI2 are INS.SAll BBXs are OOS_RAM.STest equipment and test cables are calibrated and connected for TXBLO calibration.SLMF is logged into the BTS.Follow the procedures in Table 3-39 to perform the All Cal/Audit test.Table 3-39: All Cal/Audit TestnStep Action1Select the BBX2(s) to be tested.From the Tests menu, select All Cal/Audit.2Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrlkey to select multiple items).3Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.4Click on OK.5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed. The test results will be displayed inthe status report window.6Click on OK to close the status report window. 3
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continuedJuly 1999 3-71SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Create CAL FileThe Create Cal File function gets the BLO data from BBXs andcreates/updates the CAL file for the BTS. If a CAL file does not exist anew one is created. If a CAL file already exists it is updated. After aBTS has been fully optimized a copy of the CAL file must exist so it canbe transferred to the CBSC. If TX calibration has been successfullyperformed for all BBXs and BLO data has been downloaded, a CAL filewill exist. Note the following:SThe Create Cal File function only applies to selected (highlighted)BBXs.SThe user is not encouraged to edit the CAL file as this action cancause interface problems between the BTS and the LMF. To manuallyedit the CAL file you must first logout of the BTS. If you manuallyedit the CAL file and then use the Create Cal File function the editedinformation will be lost.PrerequisiteBefore running this test, the following should be done:SLMF is logged in to the BTSSBBX2s are OOS_RAM with BLO downloadedTable 3-40: Create CAL FilenStep Action1Select the applicable BBX2s. The CAL file will only be updated for the selected BBX2s.2Click on the Device menu.3Click on the Create Cal File menu item. The status report window is displayed to show theresults of the action.4 Click OK. 3
RFDS Setup and CalibrationPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-72RFDS DescriptionThe optional RFDS is a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) used to performRF tests of the site from the CBSC or from the LMF. The RFDScontains the following elements:SAntenna Select Unit (ASU)SFWT Interface Card (FWTIC)SSubscriber Unit Assembly (SUA)For complete information regarding the RFDS, refer to the CDMARFDS Hardware Installation manual (Motorola part no. 6864113A93)CDMA RFDS User’s Guide (Motorola part no. 6864113A37), and theCDMA LMF Operator’s Guide (Motorola part no. 6864113A21).RFDS Parameter SettingsThe bts-#.cdf file includes RFDS parameter settings that mustmatch the installed RFDS equipment. The paragraphs below describe theeditable parameters and their defaults. Table 3-41 explains how to editthe parameter settings.SRFDSEquip – valid inputs are 0 through 2.0 = (default) RFDS is not equipped1 = Non-Cobra/Patzer box RFDS2 = Cobra RFDSSTSUEquip – valid inputs are 0 or 10 = (default) TSU not equipped1 = TSU is equipped in the systemSMC1....4 – valid inputs are 0 or 10 = (default) Not equipped1 = Multicouplers equipped in RFDS system (9600 system RFDS only)SASU1/2Equip – valid inputs are 0 or 10 = (default) Not equipped1 = EquippedSTODN – valid inputs are ’’’ (default) or a numerical string up to 15characters. (This is the phone number the RFDS dials whenoriginating a call. A dummy number needs to be set up by the switch,and is to be used in this field.)Any text editor may be used to open the bts–#.cdf fileto verify, view, or modify data.NOTE3
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continuedJuly 1999 3-73SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 3-41: RFDS Parameter SettingsStep Action* IMPORTANTLog out of the BTS prior to performing this procedure.1Using a text editor, verify the following fields are set correctly in the bts–#.cdf file (1 = GLI basedRFDS; 2 = Cobra RFDS).EXAMPLE:RfdsEquip = 2TsuEquip = 1MC1Equip = 0MC2Equip = 0MC3Equip = 0MC4Equip = 0Asu1Equip = 1Asu2Equip = 0 (1 if system is non-duplexed)TODN = ’123456789’’NOTEThe above is an example of the bts-#.cdf file that should have been generated by the OMC andcopied to the LMF. These fields will have been set by the OMC if the RFDSPARM database ismodified for the RFDS.2Save and/or quit the editor. If any changes were made to these fields data will need to be downloadedto the GLI2 (see Step 3, otherwise proceed to Step 4).3To download to the GLI2, click on the Device menu and select the Download Data menu item(selected devices do not change color when data is downloaded). A status report window is displayedshowing status of the download. Click OK to close the status report window.! CAUTIONAfter downloading data to the GLI2 the RFDS LED will slowly begin flashing red and green forapproximately 2–3 minutes. DO NOT attempt to perform any functions with the RFDS until the LEDremains green.4Status the RFDS TSU. A status report is displayed showing the software version number for the TSICand SUA.* IMPORTANTIf the LMF yields an error message, check the following:SEnsure AMR cable is correctly connected from the BTS to the RFDS.SVerify RFDS has power.SVerify RFDS status LED is green.SVerify fields in the bts-#.cdf file are correct (see Step 1).SStatus the GLI2 and ensure the device is communicating (via Ethernet) with the LMF, and thedevice is in the proper state (INS).3
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-74RFDS TSU NAM ProgrammingThe NAM (number assignment module) information needs to beprogrammed into the TSU before it can receive and process test calls, orbe used for any type of RFDS test. The RFDS TSU NAM must beprogrammed with the appropriate system parameters and phone numberduring hardware installation. The TSU phone and TSU MSI must berecorded for each BTS used for OMC–R RFDS software configuration.The user will only need to program the NAM for the initialinstall of the RFDS.NOTEExplanation of Parametersused when Programming theTSU NAMTable 3-42 defines the parameters used when editing the tsu.nam file.Table 3-42: Definition of ParametersAccess Overload CodeSlot IndexSystem IDNetwork IDThese parameters are obtained from the switch.Primary Channel APrimary Channel BSecondary Channel ASecondary Channel BThese parameters are the channels which are to be used in operationof the system.Lock CodeSecurity CodeService LevelStation Class MarkDo NOT change.IMSI MCCIMSI 11 12 These fields are obtained at the OMC using the following command:OMC000>disp bts–# imsiIf the fields are blank, replace the IMSI fields in the NAM file to 0,otherwise use the values displayed by the OMC.MIN Phone Number These fields are the phone number assigned to the mobile. The ESNand MIN must be entered into the switch as well.NOTE:This field is different from the TODN field in the bts-#.cdf file.The MIN is the phone number of the RFDS subscriber, and theTODN is the number the subscriber calls.3
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continuedJuly 1999 3-75SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Valid NAM Ranges Table 3-43 provides the valid NAM field ranges. If any of the fields aremissing or out-of–range, the RFDS will error out.Table 3-43: Valid NAM Field RangesValid RangeNAM Field Name Minimum MaximumAccess Overload Code 0 15Slot Index 0 7System ID 0 32767Valid RangeNAM Field Name Minimum MaximumNetwork ID 0 32767Primary Channel A 25 1175Primary Channel B 25 1175Secondary Channel A 25 1175Secondary Channel B 25 1175Lock Code 0 999Security Code 0 999999Service Level 0 7Station Class Mark 0 255IMSI 11 12 0 99IMSI MCC 0 999MIN Phone Number N/A N/A3
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-76Program TSU NAMThe Program TSU NAM option allows for the entry of TSUprogramming data.PrerequisiteEnsure that the following has been completed prior to programming theTSU NAM:SMGLI is INS.STSU is powered up and has a code load.Program TSU NAMFollow the procedure in Table 3-44 to program the TSU NAM. TheNAM must be programmed before it can receive and process test calls,or be used for any type of RFDS test.PrerequisitesSMGLI is INS.STSU is powered up and has a code load.Table 3-44: Program NAM ProcedurenStep Action1Select the RFDS.2Select the TSU.3Click on the TSU menu.4Click on the Program TSU NAM menu item.5Enter the appropriate information in the boxes (seeTable 3-42 and Table 3-43) .6Click on the OK button to display the status report.7Click on the OK button to close the status report window.3
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continuedJuly 1999 3-77SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2RFDS CalibrationThe RFDS Calibration option is used to calibrate the RFDS TX and RXpaths. For a TX antenna path calibration the BTS XCVR is keyed at apre–determined power level and the BTS power output level is measuredby the RFDS. The power level is then measured at the TX antennadirectional coupler by the power measuring test equipment item beingused (power meter or analyzer). The difference (offset) between thepower level at the RFDS and the power level at the TX antennadirectional coupler is used as the TX RFDS calibration offset value.For an RX antenna path calibration the RFDS is keyed at apre–determined power level and the power input level is measured by theBTS XCVR. A CDMA signal at the same power level measured by theBTS XCVR is then injected at the RX antenna directional coupler by theCDMA communications analyzer. The difference (offset) between theRFDS keyed power level and power level measured at the BTS XCVR isthe RFDS RX calibration offset value.The TX and RX RFDS calibration offset values are written to the CALfile.PrerequisitesSBBX2s are is INS_TESTSCable calibration has been performedSTX calibration has been performed and BLO has bee downloaded forthe BTSSTest equipment has been connected correctly for a TX calibrationSTest equipment has been selected and calibrated3
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-78Table 3-45: RFDS CalibrationnStep Action1Select the RFDS cage.2Click on the RFDS menu.3Click on the RFDS Calibration menu item4Select the appropriate direction (TX/RX) in the Direction pick list5Enter the appropriate channel number(s) in the Channels box. Separate the channel numbers witha comma or a dash if more than one channel number is entered (e.g., 247,585,742 or 385–395 forthrough).6 Select the appropriate carrier(s) in the Carriers pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key toselect multiple carriers).7Select the appropriate RX branch (Both, Main, or Diversity) in the RX Branch pick list.8Select the appropriate baud rate (1=9600, 2=14400) in the Rate Set pick list.9Click on the OK button. A status report window is displayed, followed by a Directions pop–upwindow.10 Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed. Test results are displayed in thestatus report window.11 Click on the OK button to close the status report window.3
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWRJuly 1999 3-79SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2PurposeThe following procedures will verify that the Voltage Standing WaveRatio (VSWR) of all antennas and associated feed lines fall withinacceptable limits. The tests will be performed on all antennas in asequential manner (i.e., ANT 1, then ANT 2) until all antennas/feedlineshave been verified.These procedures should be performed periodically by measuring eachrespective antenna’s VSWR (reflected power) to verify that the antennasystem is within acceptable limits. This will ensure continued peaksystem performance.The antenna VSWR will be calculated at the CDMA carrier frequencyassigned to each antenna. Record and verify that they meet the testspecification of less than or equal to 1.5:1.It is recommended that the installer be familiar with thefollowing procedure in its entirety before beginning theactual procedure. Ensure that the entire site is currently notin service.IMPORTANT*This test is used to test RX antennas by substituting RXfrequencies for TX frequencies.NOTEStudy the site engineering documents and perform the following testsonly after first verifying that the RF cabling configuration required tointerconnect the BTS frames and antennas meet requirements called outin the BTS Installation Manual.Test equipmentThe following pieces of test equipment will be required to perform thistest:SDirectional couplerSCommunications test setPrior to performing antenna tests, insure that no CDMABBX channels are keyed. Failure to do so could result inpersonal injury or serious equipment damage.WARNING3
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-80Equipment Setup – HP TestSet Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-46 to set up test equipment requiredto measure and calculate the VSWR for each antenna.Table 3-46: VSWR Measurement Procedure – HP 8921 Test SetStep Action HP TEST SET1For manual VSWR testing, using external directional coupler, refer to Figure 3-25.– Connect the communications test set RF OUT ONLY port to the INPUT port of the directionalcoupler.– Connect the RF IN/OUT port of the communication test set to the reverse (RVS) port on thedirectional coupler. Terminate the forward port with a 50 ohm load.– Install the antenna feed line to the output port on the directional coupler.NOTEManual Communications Analyzer test setup (fields not indicated remain at default):SSet screen to RF GEN.– Set RF Gen Freq to center frequency of actual CDMA carrier between 1930–1990 MHz for TXand 1850–1910 MHz for RX.– Set Amplitude to –30 dBm.– Set Output Port to RF OUT.– Set AFGen1 & AFGen2 to OFF.2Remove the antenna feed line and install an “RF short” onto the directional coupler output port.NOTESet–up communication test set as follows (fields not indicated remain at default):SSet screen to SPEC ANL.– Under Controls, set input port to ANT.–Set Ref Level to –40 dBm.– Under Controls, select Main, select Auxiliary.– Under Controls, select AVG. Set Avg = 20.3– Record the reference level on the communications analyzer and Note as PS for reference. – Replace the short with the antenna feedline. Record the reference level on the communicationsanalyzer and Note for as PA reference.– Record the difference of the two readings in dB.4Calculate the VSWR per the equation shown to the right.Where:RL(dB) =PA(dBm) – PS(dBm) PA = Power reflected from antennaPS = Power reflected from shortA calculated value of –13.98 dB equates to VSWR of better than 1.5:1.VSWR +ȧȧȡȢ1)10RL201–10RL20ȧȧȣȤ. . . continued on next page3
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR – continuedJuly 1999 3-81SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 3-46: VSWR Measurement Procedure – HP 8921 Test SetStep HP TEST SETAction5If the readings indicate a potential problem, verify the physical integrity of all cables (including anyin–line components, pads, etc.) and associated connections up to the antenna. If problem still persists,consult antenna OEM documentation for additional performance verification tests or replacementinformation.6Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all remaining TX sectors/antennas.7Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all remaining RX sectors/antennas. Figure 3-25: Manual VSWR Test Setup Using HP8921 Test SetRF OUTONLYPORTRFIN/OUTPORTRVS(REFLECTED)PORTFEED LINE TOANTENNAUNDER TESTRF SHORT30 DBDIRECTIONALCOUPLEROUTPUTPORTFWD (INCIDENT) PORT50–OHM TERMINATEDLOADINPUTPORT3
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-82Equipment Setup – AdvantestTest SetFollow the steps outlined in Table 3-47 to set up test equipment requiredto measure and calculate the VSWR for each antenna.Table 3-47: VSWR Measurement Procedure – Advantest Test SetStep Action ADVANTEST1For manual VSWR testing using external directional coupler, refer to Figure 3-26.– Connect the communications test set RF OUT port to the input port of the directional coupler.– Connect the INPUT port of the communication test set to the forward port on the directionalcoupler. Terminate the forward port with a 50 ohm load.– Connect the RF short to the directional coupler output port.2Preform the following to instruct the calibrated test set to generate a CDMA RF carrier (RVL call)with all zero longcode at the assigned RX frequency at –10 dBm.SPush the ADVANCE Measurement key.SPush the CDMA Sig CRT menu key.SPush the FREQ Entry key; set RF Gen Freq to center frequency of actual CDMA carrier between1930–1990 MHz for TX and 1850–1910 MHz for RX.SPush the LEVEL Entry key; set to 0 dBm (by entering 0 and pushing the –dBm key).SVerify that ON is active in the Output CRT menu key.SVerify that OFF is active in the Mod CRT menu key.SPush the CW Measurement key.SPush the FREQ Entry key.– Push the more 1/2 CRT menu key.– Set Preselect CRT menu key to 3.0G.SPush the Transient Measurement key.– Push the Tx Power CRT menu key.– Push the LEVEL entry key (set to 7 dBm by entering 7 and pushing the the dBm key).– Set Avg Times CRT menu key to ON. Set to 20 (by entering 20 and pushing the Hz ENTERkey).SPush the REPEAT Start key to take the measurement.3Record the Burst Power display on the communications analyzer and Note as PS for reference.4Install the antenna feedline to the output port of the directional coupler.5SPush the Auto Level Set CRT menu key.SPush the REPEAT Start key to take the measurement.6Record the Burst Power on the communications analyzer and Note as PA level for reference.Record the difference of the two readings in dBm.. . . continued on next page3
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR – continuedJuly 1999 3-83SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 3-47: VSWR Measurement Procedure – Advantest Test SetStep ADVANTESTAction7Calculate the VSWR per the equation shown to the right.Where:RL(dB) =PA(dBm) – PS(dBm) PA = Power reflected from antennaPS = Power reflected from shortA calculated value of –13.98 dB equates to VSWR of better than 1.5:1.VSWR +ȧȧȡȢ1)10RL201–10RL20ȧȧȣȤ8If the readings indicate a potential problem, verify the physical integrity of all cables (including anyin–line components, pads, etc.) and associated connections up to the antenna. If problem still persists,consult antenna OEM documentation for additional performance verification tests or replacementinformation.9Repeat steps 2 through 9 for all remaining TX sectors/antennas.10 Repeat steps 2 through 9 for all remaining RX sectors/antennas. Figure 3-26: Manual VSWR Test Setup Using Advantest R3465RVS(REFLECTED)PORTFEED LINE TOANTENNAUNDER TESTRF SHORT30 DBDIRECTIONALCOUPLEROUTPUTPORTFWD (INCIDENT) PORT50–OHM TERMINATEDLOADINPUTPORTRF OUTRF IN3
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19993-84Notes3
July 199968P64114A42SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Chapter 4: Automated Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP)Table of ContentsAutomated Acceptance Test Procedures – All-inclusive TX & RX 4-1. . . . . . . . . . Introduction 4-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATP Tests Prerequisites 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX/RX OUT Connections 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All TX ATP Test 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All-RX ATP Test 4-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All TX/RX Test 4-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full Optimization Test 4-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Individual Acceptance Tests 4-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test 4-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Background: Tx Mask Test 4-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Mask Test Procedure 4-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Waveform Quality (rho) Acceptance Test 4-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Background: Rho Test 4-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rho ATP 4-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Pilot Time Offset Acceptance Test 4-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Background: Pilot Offset Acceptance Test 4-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pilot Time Offset Test 4-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pilot Time Offset ATP 4-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Code Domain Power Acceptance Test 4-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Background: Code Domain Power Test 4-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Code Domain Power test 4-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Code Domain Power ATP 4-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RX Frame Error Rate (FER) Acceptance Test 4-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Background: FER Test 4-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FER test 4-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generate an ATP Report 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Background 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATP Report 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printing an ATP Report 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Print Test File Procedure 4-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 199968P64114A42Notes4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedures – All-inclusive TX & RXJuly 1999 4-1SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2IntroductionThe Automated Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) allows MotorolaCellular Field Engineers (CFEs) to run automated acceptance tests on allequipped BTS subsystem devices using the Local Maintenance Facility(LMF) and supported test equipment per the current Cell Site Data File(CDF) assignment.The results of these tests (at the option of the operator) are written to afile that can be printed. All tests are controlled via the LMF platformusing the GPIB interface, therefore, only recommended test equipmentsupported by the LMF can be used.The ATP test is to be performed on out-of-service sectorsonly.DO NOT substitute test equipment with other modes notsupported by the LMF.IMPORTANT*Refer to Chapter 3 for detailed information on test setconnections for calibrating equipment, cables and other testset components, if required.NOTECustomer requirements determine which ATP tests to are to beperformed and the field engineer selects the appropriate ATP tests to run.The tests can be run individually or as one of the following groups:SAll TX: TX tests verify the performance of the BTS transmit line up.These include the GLI2, MCC, BBX2, and BIO cards, the LPAs andpassive components including splitters, combiners, bandpass filter,and RF cables.SAll RX: RX tests verify the performance of the BTS receiver line up.These includes the MPC (for starter frames), EMPC (for expansionframes), BIO, BBX2, MCC, and GLI2 cards and the passivecomponents including RX filter (starter frame only), and RF cables.SAll TX/RX: Executes all the TX and RX tests.SFull Optimization: Executes the TX calibration, download BLO andTX audit before running all of the TX and RX tests.4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19994-2ATP Tests PrerequisitesBefore attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have beencompleted:SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and dataloadSPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INSSBTS has been optimized and calibratedSBBX2s are OOS-RAM.SBBX2s are calibrated and BLOs are downloadedSTest equipment has been warmed up 60 minutes and calibratedSTest cables are calibratedSGPIB is onSLMF is logged into the BTSTX/RX OUT ConnectionsMany of the acceptance test procedures require takingmeasurements at the TX OUT (BTS/RFDS) connector. Atsites with RFDS, all measurements are through the RFDSdirectional coupler TX OUT connector.IMPORTANT*Figure 4-1F shows the TX/RX connector configuration for the SC4812ET frame.Figure 4-1: TX/RX ConnectionsAll TX ATP TestTable 4-1 lists the procedure to execute the TX Mask, Rho, PtOffset, andCode Domain Power tests. This procedure eliminates the need to runseparate tests and reduces test time.The LMF Tests menu list item, All TX, performs all transmit tests for aBBX2(s).If manual testing with the HP analyzer, remove the manualcontrol/system memory card from the card slot beforestarting the automated testing.IMPORTANT*4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All-Inclusive TX & RX – continuedJuly 1999 4-3SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2PrerequisitesBefore attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have beencompleted:SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and dataloadSPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INSSBTS has been Optimized/CalibratedSBBX2s are OOS–RAMSTest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 throughFigure 3-19).STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibratedSTest cables are calibratedSGPIB is onSLMF is logged into the BTSTable 4-1: All TX Acceptance TestnStep Action1Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.2From the Tests menu, select All TX3Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# – sector# – carrier#) displayed in theChannels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.5 Click OK.6Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.7 Click OK to close the status report window. 4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19994-4All-RX ATP TestThe CDMA LMF Tests menu list item, All RX, performs all receivetests for a BBX2(s) and MCC(s). All measurements are made throughthe appropriate RX output connector using the calibrated RX cablesetup.Refer to Table 4-2 to perform an all-inclusive RX ATP test on selecteddevices.PrerequisitesBefore attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have beencompleted:SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and dataloadSPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INSSBTS has been Optimized/CalibratedSBBX2s are OOS–RAMSTest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 throughFigure 3-19).STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibratedSTest cables are calibratedSGPIB is onSLMF is logged into the BTS4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All-Inclusive TX & RX – continuedJuly 1999 4-5SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 4-2: All RX Acceptance TestnStep Actionn WARNINGBe very careful to not connect an RX test cable to a TX connector. Failure to observe thiswarning may cause bodily injury and/or equipment damage.1Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.2From the Tests menu, select All RX3Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# –sector# –carrier#) displayed in theChannels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.5Select the appropriate receive branch (antenna) in the RX Branch pick list. Valid choices areMain, Diversity or Both.6Select the baud rate in the Rate Set pick list.1=9600 bps2=14400bpsClick OK.7Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.8 Click OK to close the status report window. 4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19994-6All TX/RX TestThe LMF Tests menu list item, All TX/RX, performs all transmit andreceive tests for a BBX2(s) and MCC(s). All measurements are madethrough the appropriate TX and RX output connectors using thecalibrated TX and RX cable setups.PrerequisitesBefore attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have beencompleted:SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and dataloadSPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INSSBTS has been Optimized/Calibrated per Chapters 2 and 3SBBX2s are OOS–RAMSTest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 throughFigure 3-19).STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibratedSTest cables are calibratedSGPIB is onSLMF is logged into the BTS4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All-Inclusive TX & RX – continuedJuly 1999 4-7SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 4-3: All TX/RX ATPnStep Actionn WARNINGBe very careful to not connect an RX test cable to a TX connector. Failure to observe thiswarning may cause bodily injury and/or equipment damage.1Click on the BBX(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.2From the Tests menu, select All TX/RX3Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# –sector# –carrier#) displayed in theChannels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.5Select the appropriate receive branch (antenna) in the RX Branch pick list. Valid choices areMain, Diversity or Both.6Select the baud rate in the Rate Set pick list.1=9600 bps2=14400 bpsClick OK7Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.8 Click OK to close the status report window. 4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19994-8Full Optimization TestThe LMF Tests menu list item, Full Optimization, performs alloptimization tests for all BBX2(s) and MCC(s). All measurements aremade through the appropriate TX and RX output connectors using thecalibrated TX and RX cable setups.Tests performed include:SCalibrate all selected BBX2sSLoad and audit BLOSPerform All TX ATP on all selected BBX2s and MCCsSPerform All RX ATP on all selected BBX2s and MCCsPrerequisitesBefore attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have beencompleted:SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and dataloadSPrimary CSM, GLI, and MCCs are INSSBTS has been Optimized and CalibratedSBBX2s are OOS-RAMSTest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 throughFigure 3-19).STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibratedSTest cables are calibratedSGPIB is onSLMF is logged into the BTS4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All-Inclusive TX & RX – continuedJuly 1999 4-9SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table 4-4: Full Optimization ATPnStep Actionn WARNINGBe very careful to not connect an RX test cable to a TX connector. Failure to observe thiswarning may cause bodily injury and/or equipment damage.1Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.2From the Tests menu, select Full Optimization3Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# –sector# –carrier#) displayed in theChannels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.5Select the appropriate receive branch (antenna) in the RX Branch pick list. Valid choices areMain, Diversity or Both.6Select the baud rate in the Rate Set pick list.1=9600 bps2=14400 bpsClick OK7Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.8Click on OK to close the status report window. 4
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19994-10Individual Acceptance Tests The followingindividual ATP tests can be used to verify the results ofspecific tests:Spectral Purity TX MaskThis test verifies that the transmitted CDMA carrier waveform,generated on each sector, meets the transmit spectral mask specificationwith respect to the assigned CDF file values.Waveform Quality (rho)This test verifies that the transmitted Pilot channel element digitalwaveform quality (rho) exceeds the minimum specified value inANSI–J_STD–019. “Rho” represents the correlation between actual andperfect CDMA modulation spectrum. A rho value of 1.0000 represents100% (or perfect correlation).Pilot Time OffsetThe Pilot Time Offset is the difference between the CDMA analyzermeasurement interval (based on the BTS system time reference) and theincoming block of transmitted data from the BTS (Pilot only, PilotGain = 262, PN Offset = 0).Code Domain PowerThis test verifies the code domain power levels, which have been set forall ODD numbered Walsh channels, using the OCNS command. This isdone by verifying that the ratio of PILOT divided by OCNS is equal to10.2 + 2 dB, and, that the noise floor of all EVEN numbered “OFF”Walsh channels measures < –27 dB (with respect to total CDMA channelpower).Frame Error RateThe Frame Error Rate (FER) test verifies RX operation of the entireCDMA Reverse Link using all equipped MCCs assigned to allrespective sector/antennas. The test verifies the BTS sensitivity on alltraffic channel elements currently configured on all equipped MCCs atan RF input level of –119 dBm (or –116 dBm if using TMPC).4
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance TestJuly 1999 4-11SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Background: Tx Mask TestThis test verifies the spectral purity of each BBX2 carrier keyed up at aspecific frequency, per the current CDF file assignment. All tests areperformed using the external calibrated test set, controlled by the samecommand. All measurements are through the appropriate TX OUT(BTS/RFDS) connector.The Pilot Gain is set to 541 for each antenna and all channel elementsfrom the MCCs are forward-link disabled. The BBX2 is keyed up, usingboth bbxlvl and bay level offsets, to generate a CDMA carrier (with pilotchannel element only). BBX2 power output is set to obtain +40 dBm asmeasured at the TX OUT connector (on either the BTS or RFDSdirectional coupler).TX output power is set to +40 dBm by setting BTS powerlevel to +33.5 dBm to compensate for 6.5 dB increase frompilot gain set to 541.NOTEThe calibrated communications test set measures and returns theattenuation level of all spurious and IM products in a 30 kHz resolutionbandwidth with respect to the mean power of the CDMA channel,measured in a 1.23 MHz bandwidth, in dB, verifying that results meetsystem tolerances at the following test points:Sat least –45 dB @ + 900 kHz from center frequency,Sat least –45 dB @ – 900 kHz from center frequency.The BBX2 then de-keys and the applicable redundant BBX2 is assignedto the current TX antenna path under test. The test is then repeated.The LMF Tests menu list item, TX Mask, performs the Spectral PurityTX Mask test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through theappropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimizationtests.4
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19994-12PrerequisitesBefore attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have beencompleted:SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and dataload.SPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS.SBTS has been optimizes/calibrated per Chapters 2 and 3.SBBX2s are OOS–RAM.STest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 throughFigure 3-19).STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated.STest cables are calibrated.SGPIB is on.SLMF is logged into the BTS.TX Mask Test Procedure Follow the steps in Table 4-5 to verify the transmit spectral maskspecification on all TX antenna paths using all BBX2s equipped at the BTS.Table 4-5: TX Mask ATPnStep Action1Select the BBX2(s) to be tested.2From the Tests menu, select TX Mask.3 Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# –sector# –carrier#) displayed in theChannels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box and click OK.5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.6Click on OK to close the status report window.NOTEThe communications test set will measure and return the attenuation level of all spurious and IMproducts in a 30 kHz resolution bandwidth, with respect to the mean power of the CDMA channel,measured in a 1.23 MHz bandwidth. 4
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test – continuedJuly 1999 4-13SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Figure 4-2: TX Mask Verification Spectrum Analyzer Display– 900 kHz + 900 kHzCenter Frequency ReferenceAttenuation level of allspurious and IM productswith respect to the meanpower of the CDMA channel.5 MHz Span/DivAmpl 10 dB/DivMean CDMA Bandwidth Power Reference– 1980 kHz+750 kHz+ 1980 kHz– 750 kHz4
TX Waveform Quality (rho) Acceptance TestPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19994-14Background: Rho TestThis test verifies the transmitted Pilot channel element digital waveformquality of each BBX2 carrier keyed up at a specific frequency per thecurrent CDF file assignment. All tests are performed using the externalcalibrated test set controlled by the same command. All measurementsare via the appropriate TX OUT (BTS/RFDS) connector.The Pilot Gain is set to 262 for each antenna, and all channel elementsfrom the MCCs will be forward link disabled. The BBX2 is keyed upusing both bbxlvl and bay level offsets, to generate a CDMA carrier(with pilot channel element only, Walsh code 0). BBX2 power output isset to 40 dBm as measured at the TX OUT connector (on either the BTSor RFDS directional coupler).The calibrated communications test set measures and returns the Pilotchannel element digital waveform quality (rho) in dB, verifying thatresult meets system tolerances Waveform quality (rho) should be > 0.912(–0.4 dB).The BBX2 then de-keys and the applicable redundant BBX2 is assignedto the current TX antenna path under test. The test is then repeated.The LMF Tests menu list item, Rho, performs the waveform quality testfor a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through the appropriate TXoutput connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimizationtests.PrerequisitesBefore attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have beencompleted:SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and dataloadSPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INSSBTS has been Optimized/Calibrated per Chapters 2 and 3SBBX2s are OOS–RAMSTest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 throughFigure 3-19).STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibratedSTest cables are calibratedSGPIB is onSLMF is logged into the BTS4
TX Waveform Quality (rho) Acceptance Test – continuedPRELIMINARY 2July 1999 4-15SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFRho ATPFollow the steps outlined in Table 4-6 to verify the Pilot channelwaveform quality (rho) on the specified TX antenna paths using BBXsequipped at the BTS.Table 4-6: Rho ATPnStep Action1Select the BBX2(s) to be tested.2From the Tests menu, select Rho.3Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the <Shift> or<Ctrl> key to select multiple items).4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.Click OK.5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.6 Click OK to close the status report window.NOTEThe communications test set will measure and return the transmitted Pilot channel elementwaveform quality (rho). Rho represents the correlation between actual and perfect CDMAmodulation spectrum (1.0000 represents perfect correlation). 4
TX Pilot Time Offset Acceptance TestPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19994-16Background: Pilot OffsetAcceptance TestThis test verifies the transmitted Pilot channel element Pilot Time Offsetof each BBX2 carrier keyed up at a specific frequency per the currentCDF file assignment. All tests are performed using the externalcalibrated test set controlled by the same command. All measurementswill be via the appropriate TX OUT (BTS/RFDS) connector.The Pilot Gain is set to 262 for each antenna and all TCH elements fromthe MCCs are forward link disabled. The BBX is keyed up using bothbbxlvl and bay level offsets to generate a CDMA carrier (with pilotchannel element only, Walsh code 0). BBX power output is set to40 dBm as measured at the TX OUT connector (on either the BTS orRFDS directional coupler).The calibrated communications test set measures and returns the PilotTime Offset in uS, verifying results meet system tolerances: Pilot TimeOffset should be within < 3 µs of the target PT Offset (0 mS).The BBX2 then de-keys, and the applicable redundant BBX2 is assignedto the current TX antenna path under test. The test is then repeated.Pilot Time Offset TestThe LMF Tests menu list item, Pilot Time Offset, performs the PilotTime Offset test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through theappropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimizationtests.PrerequisitesBefore attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have beencompleted:SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and dataloadSPrimary CSM, GLI, and MCCs are INSSBTS has been Optimized/CalibratedSBBX2s are OOS–RAMSTest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 throughFigure 3-19).STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibratedSTest cables are calibratedSGPIB is onSLMF is logged into the BTS
TX Pilot Time Offset Acceptance Test – continuedJuly 1999 4-17SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Pilot Time Offset ATPFollow the steps outlined in Table 4-7, to verify the Pilot Time Offset onthe specified TX antenna paths using BBXs equipped at the BTS.Table 4-7: Pilot Time Offset Test ATPnStep Action1Click on the BBX2(s) to be tested.2From the Tests menu, select Pilot Time Offest3Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrlkeyboard key to select multiple items).4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box. Click OK.5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.6 Click OK to close the status report window.NOTEThe communications test set will measure and return the difference between the CDMA analyzermeasurement interval (based on the BTS system time reference) and the incoming block oftransmitted data from the BTS (Pilot only, Walsh code 0).An ANSI–J–STD–019 compliant BTS typically measures 1–2 us.
TX Code Domain Power Acceptance TestPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19994-18Background: Code DomainPower TestThis test verifies the Code Domain Power/Noise of each BBX2 carrierkeyed up at a specific frequency per the current CDF file assignment.All tests are performed using the external calibrated test set controlled bythe same command. All measurements are via the appropriate TX OUT(BTS/RFDS) connector.For each sector/antenna under test, the Pilot Gain is set to 262 and allMCC channel elements under test are configured to generate OrthogonalChannel Noise Source (OCNS) on different odd Walsh codes, and areassigned a full–rate gain of 81. The maximum number of MCC/CEs tobe tested an any one time is 32 (32 odd Walsh codes). If more than 32CEs exist, then multiple sets of measurements are made, so all channelelements are verified on all sectors.BBX2 power output is set to 40 dBm as measured at the TX OUTconnector (on either the BTS or RFDS directional coupler).Code domain power levels, which have been set for all ODD numberedWalsh channels, are verified using the OCNS command. This is done byverifying that Pilot Power (dBm) minus OCNS Power (dBm) is equal to10.2 + 2 dB and that the noise floor of all “OFF” Walsh channelsmeasures < –27 dB (with respect to total CDMA channel power).The BBX2 then de-key and, the applicable redundant BBX2 is assignedto the current TX antenna path under test. The test is then repeated.Upon completion of the test, OCNS is disabled on the specifiedMCC/CE.Code Domain Power testThe CDMA LMF Tests menu list item, Code Domain Power, performsthe Code Domain Power test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are madethrough the appropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TXcable setup.This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimizationtests.4
TX Code Domain Power Noise Floor Acceptance Test – continuedJuly 1999 4-19SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2PrerequisitesBefore attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have beencompleted:SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and dataloadSPrimary CSM, GLI, and MCCs are INSSBTS has been Optimized/CalibratedSBBX2s are OOS–RAMSTest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 throughFigure 3-19).STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibratedSTest cables are calibratedSGPIB is onCode Domain Power ATPFollow the steps outlined in Table 4-8 to verify the Code Domain Powerof each BBX carrier keyed up at a specific frequency.Table 4-8: Code Domain Power TestnStep Action1Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.2From the Tests menu, select Code Domain Power3Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrlkeyboard key to select multiple items).4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.Click OK.5Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.6Click on OK to close the status report window.NOTEVerify the active channel code domain power levels, which have been set on ODD numberedWalsh channels, using the OCNS command. This is done by verifying that Pilot Power (dBm)minus OCNS Power (dBm) is equal to 10.2 + 2 dB and the noise floor of all inactive “OFF” Walshchannels measures < –27 dB (with respect to total CDMA channel power). 4
TX Code Domain Power Acceptance Test – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19994-20Pilot ChannelActive channelsPILOT LEVELMAX OCNS SPEC.MIN OCNS SPEC.MAXIMUM NOISE FLOOR: < –27 dB SPEC.Inactive channelsWalsh 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ... 64MAX OCNSCHANNELMIN OCNSCHANNEL8.2 dB 12.2 dBMAX NOISEFLOORPilot ChannelActive channelsPILOT LEVELMAX OCNS SPEC.MIN OCNS SPEC.MAXIMUM NOISE FLOOR:< –27 dBInactive channelsWalsh 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ... 64FAILURE – DOES NOTMEET MIN OCNS SPEC.FAILURE – EXCEEDSMAX OCNS SPEC. 8.2 dB 12.2 dBFAILURE – EXCEEDS MAXNOISE FLOOR SPEC. Showing all OCNS Passing Indicating FailuresFigure 4-3: Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Levels4
RX Frame Error Rate (FER) Acceptance TestJuly 1999 4-21SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Background: FER TestThis test verifies the BTS Frame Error Rate (FER) on all traffic channelelements currently configured on all equipped MCCs (full rate at 1%FER) at an RF input level of –119 dBm [or –116 dBm if using TowerTop Amplifier (TMPC)]. All tests are performed using the externalcalibrated test set as the signal source controlled by the same command.All measurements will be via the LMF.The pilot gain is set to 262 for each TX antenna and all channel elementsfrom the MCCs are forward-link disabled. The BBX2 is keyed up usingonly bbxlvl level offsets, to generate a CDMA carrier (with pilot channelelement only). BBX2 power output is set to –20 dBm as measured at theTX OUT connector (on either the BTS or RFDS directional coupler).The BBX2 must be keyed in order to enable the RX receive circuitry.The LMF prompts the MCC/CE under test to measure all zero longcodeand provide the FER report on the selected active MCC on the reverselink for both the main and diversity RX antenna paths, verifying theresults meet the following specification: FER returned less than 1% andtotal frames measured is 1500.All MCC/CEs selected are tested on the specified RX antenna path. TheBBX then de-keys and, the applicable redundant BBX2 is assigned tothe current RX antenna paths under test. The test is then repeated.FER testThe CDMA LMF Tests menu list item, FER, performs the Frame ErrorRate (FER) test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through theappropriate RX output connector using the calibrated RX cable setup.This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimizationtests.PrerequisitesBefore attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have beencompleted:SCSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and dataloadSPrimary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INSSBTS has been Optimized/CalibratedSBBXs are OOS–RAMSTest equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 throughFigure 3-19).STest equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibratedSTest cables are calibrated and GPIB is onSLMF is logged into the BTS4
RX FER Acceptance Test – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19994-22Table 4-9: Frame Error Rate (FER) ATPnStep Actionn WARNINGBe very careful to not connect an RX test cable to a TX connector. Failure to observe thiswarning may cause bodily injury and/or equipment damage.1Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.2From the Tests menu, select FER3Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrlkeyboard key to select multiple items).4Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.5Select the appropriate receive branch in the RX Branch pick list.6Select the rate in the Rate Set pick list.1=9600 bps2=14400 bpsClick OK.7Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.8 Click OK to close the status report window.NOTENOTEThe CDMA LMF prompts the MCC under test to measure the FER at –119 dBm. The FER mustbe less than 1% and total frames is 1500.4
Generate an ATP ReportJuly 1999 4-23SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2BackgroundEach time an ATP test is run, an ATP report is updated to include theresults of the most recent ATP tests. The ATP report will not be updatedif the status reports window is not closed with use of the OK button.ATP ReportA separate report is created for each BTS and includes the following foreach test:STest nameSBBX numberSChannel numberSCarrier numberSSector numberSUpper test limitSLower test limitSTest resultSPASS or FAILSDescription information (if applicable)STime stampSDetails/Warning information (if applicable)Follow the procedures in the Table 4-10 to view the ATP report for aBTS.Table 4-10: Generate an ATP Report nStep Action1Click on the Login tab if it is not in the forefront.2Select the desired BTS from the Available Base Stations pick list.3Click on the Report button. Printing an ATP ReportEach time an ATP test is run, the test results are stored in awlmf\cdma\bts–#.rpt file in the BTS folder. The test results areupdated each time a test is run so only the latest results are displayed foreach test type. The test report for a BTS can be viewed or saved to afile. A saved file can be used to print a hard copy of the report.4
Generate an ATP Report – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19994-24The test results are not stored if the status report window isclosed with use of the Dismiss button. Use the SaveResults button to save the results and exit the status reportwindow.The bts–#.rpt file is not a text file and the contents can notbe viewed with use of an editor. Only the files createdwith use of the save function in the test report window canbe viewed with an editor and printed.The bts–#.rpt file becomes corrupted, an error messagewill appear when the status report window OK button isclicked. In this case, the bts–#.rpt file will have to bedeleted.NOTEPrint Test File ProcedureThe procedure in Table 4-11 is used for printing a test report.Table 4-11: Procedure to a Test ReportnStep Action1Open the file with an editor (e.g., Notepad, Wordpad, orWord). If the file contents do not display correctly withNotepad, use Wordpad or Word.2 Use File > Page Setup to change the page layout for atest report as follows:STop, Bottom, Left, and Right Margin = 0.5 inchSPage = Landscape3Print the file.If additional information is available for a failed test, it isincluded at the end of the report with a reference to the linenumber of the failed test.NOTE4
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Chapter 5: Basic TroubleshootingTable of ContentsBasic Troubleshooting Overview 5-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting: Installation 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cannot Log into Cell-Site 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cannot Communicate to Power Meter 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cannot Communicate to Communications Analyzer 5-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting: Download 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cannot Download CODE to Any Device (card) 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cannot Download DATA to Any Device (Card) 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cannot ENABLE Device 5-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miscellaneous Errors 5-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting: Calibration 5-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bay Level Offset Calibration Failure 5-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cannot Load BLO 5-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration Audit Failure 5-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting: Transmit ATP 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cannot Perform Txmask Measurement 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cannot Perform Rho or Pilot Time Offset Measurement 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . Cannot Perform Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Measurement 5-9. Cannot Perform Carrier Measurement 5-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting: Receive ATP 5-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi–FER Test Failure 5-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting: CSM Checklist 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Problem Description 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermittent 19.6608 MHz Reference Clock / GPS Receiver Operation 5-11No GPS Reference Source 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checksum Failure 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPS Bad RX Message Type 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSM Reference Source Configuration Error 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Takes Too Long for CSM to Come INS 5-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting 5-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction 5-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connector Functionality 5-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting Procedure 5-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Control Problems 5-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Power Problems 5-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999TX and RX Signal Routing Problems 5-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors 5-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Module Status Indicators 5-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED Status Combinations for All Modules(except GLI2, CSM, BBX2, MCC24, MCC8E) 5-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC/DC Converter LED Status Combinations 5-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSM LED Status Combinations 5-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GLI2 LED Status Combinations 5-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GLI2 Pushbuttons and Connectors 5-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBX2 LED Status Combinations 5-26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCC24/MCC8E LED Status Combinations 5-26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LPA Shelf LED Status Combinations 5-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Troubleshooting – Span Control Link 5-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Span Problems (No Control Link) 5-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Basic Troubleshooting OverviewJuly 1999 5-1SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2OverviewThe information in this section addresses some of the scenarios likely tobe encountered by Customer Field Engineering (CFE) team members.This troubleshooting guide was created as an interim reference documentfor use in the field. It provides basic “what to do if” basictroubleshooting suggestions when the BTS equipment does not performper the procedure documented in the manual.Comments are consolidated from inputs provided by CFEs in the fieldand information gained form experience in Motorola labs andclassrooms.5
Troubleshooting: InstallationPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-2Cannot Log into Cell-SiteTable 5-1: Login Failure Troubleshooting ProceduresnStep Action1If MGLI2 LED is solid RED, it implies a hardware failure. Reset MGLI2 byre-seating it. If this persists, install RGLI2 card in MGLI2 slot and retry. A RedLED may also indicate no Ethernet termination at top of frame.2Verify that T1 is disconnected at the Channel Signaling Unit (CSU). If T1 is stillconnected, verify the CBSC has disabled the BTS.3Try ‘ping’ing the MGLI2.4Verify the LMF is connected to the Primary LMF port (LAN A) in front of theBTS.5Verify the LMF was configured properly.6Verify the BTS-LMF cable is RG-58 (flexible black cable of less than 2.5 feetlength).7Verify the Ethernet ports are terminated properly.8Verify a T-adapter is not used on LMF side port if connected to the BTS frontLMF primary port.9Try connecting to the I/O panel (top of the Frame or on master ground bar). UseBNC T-adapters at the LMF port for this connection.10 Try connecting to the MGLI directly using a cable with BNC T-adapters at eachend of cable, and each end terminated with BNC loads.11 Re-boot the CDMA LMF and retry.12 Re-seat the MGLI2 and retry. Cannot Communicate toPower MeterTable 5-2: Troubleshooting a Power Meter Communication FailurenStep Action1Verify Power Meter is connected to LMF with GPIB adapter.2Verify cable setup as specified in Chapter 3.3Verify the GP–IB address of the Power Meter is set to 13. Refer to TestEquipment setup section of Chapter 3 for details.4Verify that Com1 port is not used by another application. 5
Troubleshooting: Installation – continuedJuly 1999 5-3SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Cannot Communicate toCommunications AnalyzerTable 5-3: Troubleshooting a Communications Analyzer Communication FailurenStep Action1Verify analyzer is connected to LMF with GPIB adapter.2Verify cable setup.3Verify the GPIB address is set to 18.4Verify the GPIB adapter DIP switch settings are correct. Refer to Test Equipmentsetup section for details.5Verify the GPIB adapter is not locked up. Under normal conditions, only 2 greenLEDs must be ‘ON’ (Power and Ready). If any other LED is continuously ‘ON’,then power-cycle the GPIB Box and retry.6If a Hyperterm window is open for MMI, close it. 5
Troubleshooting: DownloadPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-4Cannot Download CODE toAny Device (card)Before a device can be enabled (placed in-service), it must be in theOOS_RAM state (yellow) with data downloaded to the device. The colorof the device changes to green, once it is enabled.The three states that devices can be changed to are as follows:SEnabled (green, INS)SDisabled (yellow, OOS_RAM)SReset (blue, OOS_ROM)Table 5-4: Troubleshooting Code Download FailurenStep Action1Verify T1 is disconnected from the BTS at CSU.2Verify LMF can communicate with the BTS device using the Status function.3Communication to MGLI2 must first be established before trying to talk to anyother BTS device. MGLI2 must be INS_ACT state (green).4Verify the card is physically present in the cage and powered-up.5If card LED is solid RED, it implies hardware failure. Reset card by re-seating it.If this persists, replace card from another slot & retry.NOTEPrimary & Redundunt CSM cards CANNOT be interchanged because onlyprimary CSM is equipped with a GPS receiver.6Re-seat card and try again.7If BBX2 reports a failure message and is OOS_RAM, the code load was OK. Cannot Download DATA toAny Device (Card)Table 5-5: Troubleshooting Data Download FailurenStep Action1Re-seat card and repeat code and data load procedure.5
Troubleshooting: Download – continuedJuly 1999 5-5SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Cannot ENABLE DeviceTable 5-6: Troubleshooting Device Enable (INS) FailurenStep Action1Re-seat card and repeat code and data load procedure.2If CSM cannot be enabled, verify the CDF file has correct latitude and longitudedata for cell site location and GPS sync.3Ensure primary CSM is in INS_ACT state.NOTEMCCs will not go INS without the CSM and the BDC being INS.4Verify 19.6608 MHz CSM clock; MCCs will not go INS otherwise.5The BBX should not be enabled for ATP tests.6If MCCs give “invalid or no system time,” verify the BDC is enabled. If errorpersists, verify the CSM is enabled. Miscellaneous ErrorsTable 5-7: Miscellaneous FailuresnStep Action1If LPAs continue to give alarms, even after cycling power at the circuit breakers,then connect an MMI cable to the LPA and set up a Hyperterminal connection.Enter ALARMS in the Hyperterminal window. The resulting LMF display mayprovide an indication of the problem. (Call Field Support for further assistance.)5
Troubleshooting: CalibrationPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-6Bay Level Offset CalibrationFailureTable 5-8: Troubleshooting BLO Calibration FailurenStep Action1Verify the Power Meter is configured correctly (see the test equipment setupsection) and connection is made to the proper TX port.2Verify the parameters in the bts–#.cdf file are set correctly for the followingbands:For 1900 MHz:Bandclass=1; Freq_Band=163Verify that no LPA in the sector is in alarm state (flashing red LED). Reset theLPA by pulling the circuit breaker, and after 5 seconds, pushing back in.4Re-calibrate the Power Meter and verify it is calibrated correctly with cal factorsfrom sensor head.5Verify GPIB adapter is not locked up. Under normal conditions, only 2 greenLEDs must be ‘ON’ (Power and Ready). If any other LED is continuously ‘ON’,power-cycle (turn power off and on) the GPIB Box and retry.6Verify sensor head is functioning properly by checking it with the 1 mW (0 dBm)Power Ref signal.7If communication between the LMF and Power Meter is operational, the Meterdisplay will show “RES :’’ 5
Troubleshooting: Calibration – continuedJuly 1999 5-7SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Cannot Load BLOFor Load BLO failures see Table 5-8.Calibration Audit FailureTable 5-9: Troubleshooting Calibration Audit FailurenStep Action1Verify Power Meter is configured correctly (refer to the test equipment setupsection of chapter 3).2Re-calibrate the Power Meter and verify it is calibrated correctly with cal factorsfrom sensor head.3Verify that no LPA is in alarm state (rapidly flashing red LED). Reset the LPA bypulling the circuit breaker, and, after 5 seconds, pushing back in.4Verify that no sensor head is functioning properly by checking it with the 1 mW(0 dBm) Power Ref signal.5After calibration, the BLO data must be re-loaded to the BBX2s before auditing.Click on the BBX(s) and select Device>Download BLORe-try the audit.6Verify GPIB adapter is not locked up. Under normal conditions, only 2 greenLEDs must be ‘ON’ (Power and Ready). If any other LED is continuously ‘ON’,power-cycle (turn power off and on) the GP–IB Box and retry. 5
Troubleshooting: Transmit ATPPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-8Cannot Perform TxmaskMeasurementTable 5-10: Troubleshooting TX Mask Measurement FailurenStep Action1Verify that TX audit passes for the BBX2(s).2If performing manual measurement, verify Analyzer setup.3Verify that no LPA in the sector is in alarm state (flashing red LED). Re-set theLPA by pulling the circuit breaker, and, after 5 seconds, pushing it back in.Cannot Perform Rho or PilotTime Offset MeasurementTable 5-11: Troubleshooting Rho and Pilot Time Offset Measurement FailurenStep Action1Verify presence of RF signal by switching to Spectrum analyzer screen.2Verify PN offsets displayed on the analyzer is the same as the PN offset in theCDF file.3Re–load MGLI2 data and repeat the test.4If performing manual measurement, verify Analyzer setup.5Verify that no LPA in the sector is in alarm state (flashing red LED). Reset theLPA by pulling the circuit breaker, and, after 5 seconds, pushing back in.6If Rho value is unstable and varies considerably (e.g. .95,.92,.93), this mayindicate that the GPS is still phasing (i.e. trying to reach and maintain 0 freq.error). Go to the freq. bar in the upper right corner of the Rho meter and select Hz.Press <Shift–avg> and enter 10, to obtain an average Rho value. This is anindication the GPS has not stabilized before going INS and may need to bere-initialized. 5
Troubleshooting – Transmit ATP – continuedJuly 1999 5-9SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Cannot Perform Code DomainPower and Noise FloorMeasurementTable 5-12: Troubleshooting Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Measurement FailurenStep Action1Verify presence of RF signal by switching to spectrum analyzer screen.2Verify PN offset displayed on analyzer is same as PN offset being used in theCDF file.3Disable and re-enable MCC (one or more MCCs based on extent of failure). Cannot Perform CarrierMeasurementTable 5-13: Troubleshooting Carrier Measurement FailurenStep Action1Perform the test manually, using the spread CDMA signal. Verify High Stability10 MHz Rubidium Standard is warmed up (60 minutes) and properly connected totest set-up.5
Troubleshooting: Receive ATPPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-10Multi–FER Test FailureTable 5-14: Troubleshooting Multi-FER FailurenStep Action1Verify test equipment set up is correct for a FER test.2Verify HP8921A is locked to 19.6608 and even second clocks. The yellow LED(REF UNLOCK) must be OFF.3Verify MCCs have been loaded with data and are INS–ACT.4Disable and re-enable the MCC (1 or more based on extent of failure).5Disable, re-load code and data, and re-enable MCC (one or more MCCs based onextent of failure).6Verify antenna connections to frame are correct based on the directions messages. 5
Troubleshooting: CSM ChecklistJuly 1999 5-11SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Problem DescriptionMany of the Clock Synchronization Manager (CSM) boards may beresolved in the field before sending the boards to the factory for repair.This section describes known CSM problems identified in field returns,some of which are field-repairable. Check these problems beforereturning suspect CSM boards.Intermittent 19.6608 MHzReference Clock / GPSReceiver Operation If having any problems with CSM board kit numbers, SGLN1145 orSGLN4132, check the suffix with the kit number. If the kit has version“AB,” then replace with version ‘‘BC’’ or higher, and return model ABto the repair center.No GPS Reference SourceCheck the CSM boards for proper hardware configuration. CSM kitSGLN1145, in Slot l, has an on-board GPS receiver; while kitSGLN4132, in Slot 2, does not have a GPS receiver. Any incorrectlyconfigured board must be returned to the repair center. Do not attempt tochange hardware configuration in the field. Also, verify the GPSantenna is not damaged and is installed per recommended guidelines.Checksum Failure The CSM could have corrupted data in its firmware resulting in anon-executable code. The problem is usually caused by either electricaldisturbance, or interruption of data during a download. Attempt anotherdownload with no interruptions in the data transfer. Return CSM boardback to repair center if the attempt to reload fails.GPS Bad RX Message TypeThis is believed to be caused by a later version of CSM software (3.5 orhigher) being downloaded, via LMF, followed by an earlier version ofCSM software (3.4 or lower), being downloaded from the CBSC.Download again with CSM software code 3.5 or higher. Return CSMboard back to repair center if attempt to reload fails.CSM Reference SourceConfiguration Error This is caused by incorrect reference source configuration performed inthe field by software download. CSM kit SGLN1145 and SGLN4132must have proper reference sources configured (as shown below) tofunction correctly.CSM Kit No. Hardware Configuration CSM Slot No. Reference Source ConfigurationSGLN1145 With GPS Receiver 1Primary = Local GPSBackup = Either LFR or HSOSGLN4132 Without GPS Receiver 2Primary = Remote GPSBackup = Either LFR or HSO5
Troubleshooting: CSM Checklist – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-12Takes Too Long for CSM toCome INSThis may be caused by a delay in GPS acquisition. Check the accuracyflag status and/or current position. Refer to the GSM system time/GPSand LFR/HSO verification section in Chapter 3. At least 1 satelliteshould be visible and tracked for the “surveyed” mode and 4 satellitesshould be visible and tracked for the “estimated” mode. Also, verifycorrect base site position data used in “surveyed” mode.5
C–CCP Backplane TroubleshootingJuly 1999 5-13SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2IntroductionThe C–CCP backplane is a multi–layer board that interconnects all theC–CCP modules. The complexity of this board lends itself to possibleimproper diagnoses when problems occur.Connector FunctionalityThe following connector overview describes the major types ofbackplane connectors along with the functionality of each. This willallow the Cellular Field Engineer (CFE) to:SDetermine which connector(s) is associated with a specific problemtype.SAllow the isolation of problems to a specific cable or connector.Primary “A” and Redundant “B” ISB (Inter Shelf Bus)connectorsThe 40 pin ISB connectors provide an interface bus from the masterGLI2 to all other GLI2s in the modem frame. Its basic function is toprovide clock synchronization from the master GLI2 to all other GLI2sin the frame.The ISB is also provides the following functions:Sspan line grooming when a single span is used for multiple cages.Sprovide MMI connection to/from the master GLI2 to cell site modem.Sprovide interface between GLI2s and the AMR (for reporting BTSalarms).Span Line ConnectorThe span line input is an 8 pin RJ–45 connector that provides a primaryand secondary (if used) span line interface to each GLI2 in the C–CCPshelf. The span line is used for MM/EMX switch control of the MasterGLI2 and also all the BBX2 traffic.Primary “A” and Redundant “B” Reference DistributionModule (RDM) Input/OutputThese connectors route the 3 MHz reference signals from the CSMs tothe GLI2s and all BBX2s in the backplane. The signals are used to phaselock loop all clock circuits on the GLI2’s and BBX2 boards to produceprecise clock and signal frequencies.Power Input (Return A, B, and C connectors)Provides a 27 volt input for use by the power supply modules.Power Supply Module InterfaceEach power supply module has a series of three different connectors toprovide the needed inputs/outputs to the C–CCP backplane. These5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-14include a VCC/Ground input connector, a Harting style multiple pininterface, and a +15V/Analog Ground output connector. The TransceiverPower Module converts 27/48 Volts to a regulated +15, +6.5, +5.0 voltsto be used by the C–CCP shelf cards.GLI2 ConnectorThis connector consists of a Harting 4SU digital connector and a6–conductor coaxial connector for RDM distribution. The connectorsprovide inputs/outputs for the GLI2s in the C–CCP backplane.GLI2 Ethernet “A” and “B” ConnectionsThese BNC connectors are located on the C–CCP backplane and routedto the GLI2 board. This interface provides all the control and datacommunications between the master GLI2 and the other GLI2, betweengateways, and for the LMF on the LAN.BBX2 ConnectorEach BBX2 connector cnsists of a Harting 2SU/1SU digital connectorand two 6–conductor coaxial connectors. These connectors provide DC,digital, and RF inputs/outputs for the BBX2s in the C–CCP backplane.CIO ConnectorsSRX RF antenna path signal inputs are routed through RX Tri–Filters(on the I/O plate), and via coaxial cables to the two MPC modules –the six “A” (main) signals go to one MPC; the six “B” (diversity) tothe other. The MPC outputs the low–noise–amplified signals via theC–CCP backplane to the CIO where the signals are split and sent tothe appropriate BBX2.SA digital bus then routes the baseband signal through the BBX2, tothe backplane, then on to the MCC24 slots.SDigital TX antenna path signals originate at the MCC24s. Eachoutput is routed from the MCC24 slot via the backplane appropriateBBX2.STX RF path signal originates from the BBX2, through the backplaneto the CIO, through the CIO, and via multi-conductor coaxial cablingto the LPAs in the LPA shelf.C–CCP BackplaneTroubleshooting ProcedureThe following table provides a standard procedure for troubleshootingproblems that appear to be related to a defective C–CCP backplane. Thetable is broken down into possible problems and steps which should betaken in an attempt to find the root cause.It is important to note that all steps be followed beforereplacing ANY C–CCP backplane.IMPORTANT*5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continuedJuly 1999 5-15SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Digital Control ProblemsNo GLI2 Control via LMF (all GLI2s)Table 5-15: No GLI2 Control via LMF (all GLI2s)Step Action1Check the ethernet for proper connection, damage, shorts, oropens (refer to page 3-17 of this manual).2Verify C–CCP backplane Shelf ID DIP switch is set correctly.3Visually check the master GLI2 connector (both board andbackplane) for damage.4Replace the master GLI2 with a known good GLI2.5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-16No GLI2 Control through Span Line Connection (All GLI2s)Table 5-16: No GLI2 Control through Span Line Connection (BothGLI2s)Step Action1Verify C–CCP backplane Shelf ID DIP switch is set correctly.2Verify that the BTS and GLI2s are correctly configured in theOMCR/CBSC data base.3Visually check the master GLI2 connector (both board andbackplane) for damage.4Replace the master GLI2 with a known good GLI2.5Check the span line inputs from the top of the frame to themaster GLI2 for proper connection and damage.Table 5-17: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over Co–locatedGLI2Step Action1Verify that the BTS and GLI2s are correctly configured in theOMCR CBSC data base.2Check the ethernet for proper connection, damage, shorts, oropens (refer to the page 3-18 of this manual).3Check the appropriate ISB cables connectors and ISBbackplane connectors for proper connection and damage.4Visually check all GLI2 connectors (both board andbackplane) for damage.5Replace the remaining GLI2 with a known good GLI2.6Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (bothcable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable witha known good cable.NOTEExternally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continuedJuly 1999 5-17SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2No AMR Control (MGLI2 good)Table 5-18: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over AMRStep Action1Check the appropriate ISB cables connectors and ISBbackplane connectors for proper connection and damage.2Visually check the master GLI2 connector (both board andbackplane) for damage.3Replace the master GLI2 with a known good GLI2.4Replace the AMR with a known good AMR.5Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (bothcable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable witha known good cable.NOTEExternally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.No BBX2 Control in the ShelfTable 5-19: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over Co–locatedGLI2sStep Action1Visually check all GLI2 connectors (both board andbackplane) for damage.2Replace the remaining GLI2 with a known good GLI2.3Visually check BBX2 connectors (both board and backplane)for damage.4Replace the BBX2 with a known good BBX2.5Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (bothcable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable witha known good cable.NOTEExternally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-18No (or Missing) Span Line TrafficTable 5-20: BBX2 Control Good – No (or Missing) Span Line TrafficStep Action1Visually check all GLI2 connectors (both board andbackplane) for damage.2Replace the remaining GLI2 with a known good GLI2.3Visually check all span line distribution (both connectors andcables) for damage.4Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (bothcable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable witha known good cable.NOTEExternally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.5If the problem seems to be limited to 1 BBX2, replace theBBX2 with a known good BBX2.No (or Missing) MCC24 Channel ElementsTable 5-21: No MCC24 Channel ElementsStep Action1Verify CEs on a co–located MCC24 (MccType=2)2If the problem seems to be limited to 1 MCC24, replace theMCC24 with a known good MCC24.– Check connectors (both board and backplane) for damage.3If no CEs on any MCC24:– visually check BDC INS_ACT– replace BDC with known good BDC. Check connectors(both board and backplane) for damage.– Verify clock reference to CIO.4Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (bothcable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable witha known good cable.NOTEExternally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continuedJuly 1999 5-19SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2DC Power ProblemsPotentially lethal voltage and current levels are routed tothe BTS equipment. This test must be carried out with asecond person present, acting in a safety role. Remove allrings, jewelry, and wrist watches prior to beginning thistest.WARNINGNo DC Input Voltage to Power Supply ModuleTable 5-22: No DC Input Voltage to Power Supply ModuleStep Action1Verify DC power is applied to the BTS frame. Verify there areno breakers tripped.* IMPORTANTIf a breaker has tripped, remove all modules from theapplicable shelf supplied by the breaker and attempt to reset it.– If breaker trips again, there is probably a cable or breakerproblem within the frame.– If breaker does not trip, there is probably a defectivemodule or sub–assembly within the shelf.2Verify that the C–CCP shelf breaker on the BTS framebreaker panel is functional.3Use a voltmeter to determine if the input voltage is beingrouted to the C–CCP backplane by measuring the DC voltagelevel on the PWR_IN cable.– If the voltage is not present, there is probably a cable orbreaker problem within the frame.– If the voltage is present at the connector, reconnect andmeasure the level at the “VCC” power feed clip on thedistribution backplane. If the voltage is correct at thepower clip, inspect the clip for damage.4If everything appears to be correct, visually inspect the powersupply module connectors.5Replace the power supply module with a known goodmodule.6If steps 1 through 4 fail to indicate a problem, the C–CCPbackplane failure (possibly an open trace) has occurred.5
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-20No DC Voltage (+5, +6.5, or +15 Volts) to a Specific GLI2,BBX2, or SwitchboardTable 5-23: No DC Input Voltage to any C–CCP Shelf ModuleStep Action1Verify steps outlined in Table 5-22 have been performed.2Inspect the defective board/module (both board andbackplane) connector for damage.3Replace suspect board/module with known goodboard/module.TX and RX Signal RoutingProblemsTable 5-24: No DC Input Voltage to any C–CCP Shelf ModuleStep Action1Inspect all Harting Cable connectors and back–planeconnectors for damage in all the affected board slots.2Perform steps outlined in the RF path troubleshootingflowchart in this manual.5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and ConnectorsJuly 1999 5-21SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Module Status IndicatorsEach of the non-passive plug-in modules has a bi-color (green & red)LED status indicator located on the module front panel. The indicator islabeled PWR/ALM. If both colors are turned on, the indicator is yellow.Each plug-in module, except for the fan module, has its own alarm(fault) detection circuitry that controls the state of the PWR/ALM LED.The fan TACH signal of each fan module is monitored by the AMR.Based on the status of this signal the AMR controls the state of thePWR/ALM LED on the fan module.LED Status Combinations forAll Modules (except GLI2,CSM, BBX2, MCC24, MCC8E)PWR/ALM LEDThe following list describes the states of the module status indicator.SSolid GREEN – module operating in a normal (fault free) condition.SSolid RED – module is operating in a fault (alarm) condition due toelectrical hardware failure.Note that a fault (alarm) indication may or may not be due to a completemodule failure and normal service may or may not be reduced orinterrupted.DC/DC Converter LED StatusCombinationsThe PWR CNVTR has its own alarm (fault) detection circuitry thatcontrols the state of the PWR/ALM LED.PWR/ALM LEDThe following list describes the states of the bi-color LED.SSolid GREEN – module operating in a normal (fault free) condition.SSolid RED – module is operating in a fault (alarm) condition due toelectrical hardware problem.5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-22CSM LED StatusCombinations PWR/ALM LEDThe CSMs include on-board alarm detection. Hardware andsoftware/firmware alarms are indicated via the front panel indicators.After the memory tests, the CSM loads OOS–RAM code from the FlashEPROM, if available. If not available, the OOS–ROM code is loadedfrom the Flash EPROM.SSolid GREEN – module is INS_ACT or INS_STBY no alarm.SSolid RED – Initial power up or module is operating in a fault (alarm)condition.SSlowly Flashing GREEN – OOS_ROM no alarm.SLong RED/Short GREEN – OOS_ROM alarm.SRapidly Flashing GREEN – OOS_RAM no alarm or INS_ACT in DUMB mode.SShort RED/Short GREEN – OOS_RAM alarm.SLong GREEN/Short RED – INS_ACT or INS_STBY alarm.SOff – no DC power or on-board fuse is open.SSolid YELLOW – After a reset, the CSMs begin to boot. DuringSRAM test and Flash EPROM code check, the LED is yellow. (IfSRAM or Flash EPROM fail, the LED changes to a solid RED andthe CSM attempts to reboot.)Figure 5-1: CSM Front Panel Indicators & Monitor PortsPWR/ALMIndicatorFREQMONITORSYNCMONITOR . . . continued on next page5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continuedJuly 1999 5-23SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2FREQ Monitor ConnectorA test port provided at the CSM front panel via a BNC receptacle allowsmonitoring of the 19.6608 MHz clock generated by the CSM. Whenboth CSM 1 and CSM 2 are in an in-service (INS) condition, the CSM 2clock signal frequency is the same as that output by CSM 1.The clock is a sine wave signal with a minimum amplitude of +2 dBm(800 mVpp) into a 50 Ω load connected to this port.SYNC Monitor ConnectorA test port provided at the CSM front panel via a BNC receptacle allowsmonitoring of the “Even Second Tick” reference signal generated by theCSMs.At this port, the reference signal is a TTL active high signal with a pulsewidth of 153 nanoseconds.MMI Connector – Only accessible behind front panel. The RS–232MMI port connector is intended to be used primarily in the developmentor factory environment, but may be used in the field fordebug/maintenance purposes. 5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-24GLI2 LED StatusCombinationsThe GLI2 module has indicators, controls and connectors as describedbelow and shown in Figure 5-2.The indicators and controls consist of:SFour LEDsSOne pushbuttonACTIVE LEDSolid GREEN – GLI2 is active. This means that the GLI2 has shelfcontrol and is providing control of the digital interfaces.Off – GLI2 is not active (i.e., Standby). The mate GLI2 should beactive.MASTER LEDSSolid GREEN – GLI2 is Master (sometimes referred to as MGLI2).SOff – GLI2 is non-master (i.e., Slave).ALARM LEDSSolid RED – GLI2 is in a fault condition or in reset.SWhile in reset transition, STATUS LED is OFF while GLI2 isperforming ROM boot (about 12 seconds for normal boot).SWhile in reset transition, STATUS LED is ON while GLI2 isperforming RAM boot (about 4 seconds for normal boot).SOff – No Alarm.STATUS LEDSFlashing GREEN– GLI2 is in service (INS), in a stable operatingcondition.SOn – GLI2 is in OOS RAM state operating downloaded code.SOff – GLI2 is in OOS ROM state operating boot code.SPANS LEDSSolid GREEN – Span line is connected and operating.SSolid RED – Span line is disconnected or a fault condition exists.5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continuedJuly 1999 5-25SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2GLI2 Pushbuttons andConnectors RESET Pushbutton – Depressing the RESET pushbutton causes apartial reset of the CPU and a reset of all board devices. GLI2 will beplaced in the OOS_ROM stateMMI Connector – The RS–232MMI port connector is intended to beused primarily in the development or factory environment but may beused in the field for debug/maintenance purposes.LAN Connectors (A & B) – The two 10BASE2 Ethernet circuit boardmounted BNC connectors are located on the bottom front edge of theGLI2; one for each LAN interface, A & B. Ethernet cabling is connectedto tee connectors fastened to these BNC connectors.Figure 5-2: GLI2 Front PanelMMI PORTCONNECTORACTIVE LEDSTATUS RESET ALARM SPANS MASTER MMI ACTIVESTATUS LEDRESETPUSHBUTTONALARM LEDSPANS LEDMASTER LEDGLI2 FRONT PANEL5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-26BBX2 LED StatusCombinationsPWR/ALM LEDThe BBX module has its own alarm (fault) detection circuitry thatcontrols the state of the PWR/ALM LED.The following list describes the states of the bi-color LED:SSolid GREEN – INS_ACT no alarmSSolid RED Red – initializing or power-up alarmSSlowly Flashing GREEN – OOS_ROM no alarmSLong RED/Short GREEN – OOS_ROM alarmSRapidly Flashing GREEN – OOS_RAM no alarmSShort RED/Short GREEN – OOS_RAM alarmSLong GREEN/Short RED – INS_ACT alarmMCC24/MCC8E LED StatusCombinationsThe MCC24/MCC8E module has LED indicators and connectors asdescribed below. See Figure 5-3. Note that the figure does not show theconnectors as they are concealed by the removable lens.The LED indicators and their states are as follows:PWR/ALM LEDSRED – fault on moduleACTIVE LEDSOff – module is inactive, off-line, or not processing traffic.SSlowly Flashing GREEN – OOS_ROM no alarm.SRapidly Flashing Green – OOS_RAM no alarm.SSolid GREEN – module is INS_ACT, on-line, processing traffic.PWR/ALM and ACTIVE LEDsSSolid RED – module is powered but is in reset or the BCP is inactive.MMI ConnectorsSThe RS–232 MMI port connector (four-pin) is intended to be usedprimarily in the development or factory environment but may be usedin the field for debugging purposes.SThe RJ–11 ethernet port connector (eight-pin) is intended to be usedprimarily in the development environment but may be used in the fieldfor high data rate debugging purposes. . . . continued on next page5
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continuedJuly 1999 5-27SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Figure 5-3: MCC24 Front PanelPWR/ALM LEDLENS (REMOVABLE)ACTIVE LEDPWR/ALM ACTIVEMCC24 FRONT PANELLPA Shelf LED StatusCombinationsLPA Module LEDEach LPA module contains a bi–color LED just above the MMIconnector on the front panel of the module. Interpret this LED asfollows:SGREEN — LPA module is active and is reporting no alarms (Normalcondition).SFlashing GREEN/RED — LPA module is active but is reporting anlow input power condition. If no BBX is keyed, this is normal anddoes not constitute a failure.5
Basic Troubleshooting – Span Control LinkPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19995-28Span Problems (No ControlLink)Table 5-25: Troubleshooting Control Link FailurenStep Action1Verify the span settings using the span_view commandon the active master GLI2 MMI port. If these are setcorrectly, verify the edlc parameters using the showcommand. Any alarms conditions indicate that the span isnot operating correctly.– Try looping back the span line from the DSX panelback to the Mobility Manager (MM) and verify thatthe looped signal is good.– Listen for control tone on appropriate timeslot fromBase Site and MM.2If no traffic channels in groomed MCC24s (or in wholeC–CCP shelf) can process calls, verify that the ISBcabling is correct and that ISB A and ISB B cables are notswapped.5
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Chapter 6: Leaving the SiteTable of ContentsExternal Test Equipment Removal 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating CBSC LMF Files 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC 6-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LMF Removal 6-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reestablish OMC-R Control/ Verifying T1/E1 6-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999Notes6
Prepare to Leave the SiteJuly 1999 6-1SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2External Test EquipmentRemovalPerform the procedure outlined in Table 6-1 to disconnect the testequipment and configure the BTS for active service.Table 6-1: External Test Equipment RemovalStep Action1Disconnect all external test equipment from all TX and RXconnectors at the rear of the frame.2Reconnect and visually inspect all TX and RX antenna feedlines at the rear of the frame.Verify all sector antenna feed lines are connected to thecorrect ports on the frame. Crossed antenna cables willcause system degradation of call processing.CAUTIONReset All DevicesReset all devices by cycling power before leaving the site. The CBSCconfiguration data and code loads could be different from data and codeon the LMF. By resetting all devices, the CBSC can load the proper dataand code when the span is active again.Updating CBSC LMF FilesUpdated CAL file information must be moved from the CDMA LMF(Windows environment) back to the CBSC (Unix environment). Thefollowing procedures detail the moving of files from one environment tothe other.Copying CAL files from CDMA LMF to a DiskFollow the procedures in Table 3-5 to copy CAL files from a CDMALMF computer to a 3.5 diskette.Table 6-2: Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette using the LMFnStep Action1Insert a disk into Drive A.2Launch the Windows Explorer program from yourPrograms menu list.3Select the applicable wlmf/cdma/bts–# folder.4Drag the bts–#.cal file to Drive A.5Repeat Steps 3 and 4, as required, for other bts–# folders.6
Prepare to Leave the Site – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19996-2Copying CAL Files fromDiskette to the CBSCFollow the procedures in Table 6-3 to copy CAL files from a diskette tothe CBSC.Table 6-3: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSCnStep Action1Login to the CBSC on the workstation using your accountname and password.NOTEEnter the information that appears in bold text.2Place the diskette, containing calibration file(s), in theworkstation diskette drive.3Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> eject –q4Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> mountNOTELook at the last line displayed. Check to see that themessage “floppy/no_name” is displayed.5Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> cd /floppy/no_name6Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> cp /floppy/no_name/bts–#.cal bts–#.cal7Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> pwdVerify you are at your home directory8Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> ls –l *.calVerify the cal files have been copied.9Type in the following and press the Enter key.=> eject10 Remove the diskette from the workstation. 6
Prepare to Leave the Site – continuedJuly 1999 6-3SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2LMF RemovalDO NOT power down the CDMA LMF withoutperforming the procedure indicated below. Corrupted/lostdata files may result, and in some cases, the CDMA LMFmay lock up.CAUTIONFollow the procedures in Table 6-4 to terminate the LMF session andremove the terminal.Table 6-4: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSCnStep Action1From the CDMA window select File>Exit.2From the Windows Task Bar click Start>Shutdown.Click Yes when the Shut Down Windows messageappears.3Disconnect the LMF terminal Ethernet connector from theBTS cabinet.4Disconnect the LMF serial port, the RS-232 to GPIBinterface box, and the GPIB cables as required forequipment transport.Reestablish OMC-R Control/Verifying T1/E1After all activities at the site have been completed,including disconnecting the LMF, place a phone call to theOMC-R and request the BTS be placed under control ofthe OMC-R.IMPORTANT*6
Prepare to Leave the Site – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 19996-4Notes6
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Appendix A: Data Sheets Appendix ContentAppendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets A-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verification of Test Equipment Used A-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Site Checklist A-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preliminary Operations A-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pre–Power and Initial Power Tests A-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Optimization Checklist A-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPS Receiver Operation A-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFR Receiver Operation A-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Bay Level Offset / Power Output Verification for 3–Sector Configurations A-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Bay Level Offset / Power Output Verification for 6–Sector Configurations A-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BTS Redundancy/Alarm Tests A-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TX Antenna VSWR A-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RX Antenna VSWR A-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMR Verification A-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A: Site Serial Number Check List A-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–CCP Shelf A-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LPAs A-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999NotesA
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data SheetsJuly 1999 A-1SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Verification of Test EquipmentUsedTable A-1: Verification of Test Equipment UsedManufacturer Model Serial NumberComments:__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999A-2Site ChecklistTable A-2: Site ChecklistOK Parameter Specification Comments-Deliveries Per established procedures-Floor Plan Verified---Inter Frame Cables:EthernetFrame GroundPowerPer procedurePer procedurePer procedure---Factory Data:BBX2Test PanelRFDSPer procedurePer procedurePer procedure-Site Temperature-Dress Covers/BracketsPreliminary OperationsTable A-3: Preliminary OperationsOK Parameter Specification Comments-Shelf ID Dip Switches Per site equipage-Ethernet LAN verification Verified per procedureComments:_________________________________________________________A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedJuly 1999 A-3SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Pre–Power and Initial PowerTestsTable A3a: Pre–power ChecklistOK Parameter Specification Comments-Pre–power–up tests Verify power supplyoutput voltage at the topof each BTS frame iswithin specifications--------Internal Cables:ISB (all cages)CSM (all cages)Power (all cages)Ethernet ConnectorsLAN A ohmsLAN B ohmsLAN A shieldLAN B shieldEthernet Bootsverifiedverifiedverifiedverifiedverifiedisolatedisolatedinstalled-Air Impedance Cage (single cage) installed-Initial power–up tests Verify power supplyoutput voltage at the topof each BTS frame iswithin specifications:Comments:_________________________________________________________A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999A-4General OptimizationChecklistTable A3b: Pre–power ChecklistOK Parameter Specification Comments--LEDsFrame fansilluminatedoperational----LMF to BTS ConnectionPreparing the LMFLog into the LMF PCCreate site specific BTS directoryDownload device loadsper procedureper procedureper procedureper procedure--Ping LAN APing LAN Bper procedureper procedure---------Download/Enable MGLI2sDownload/Enable GLI2sSet Site Span ConfigurationDownload CSMsEnable CSMsEnable CSMsDownload/Enable MCC24sDownload BBX2sDownload TSU (in RFDS)Program TSU NAMper procedureper procedureper procedureper procedureper procedureper procedureper procedureper procedureper procedure-Test Set Calibration per procedureComments:_________________________________________________________A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedJuly 1999 A-5SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2GPS Receiver OperationTable A-4: GPS Receiver OperationOK Parameter Specification Comments-GPS Receiver Control Task State:tracking satellitesVerify parameter-Initial Position Accuracy: Verify Estimatedor Surveyed-Current Position:latlonheightRECORD inmsec and cm alsoconvert to degmin sec-Current Position: satellites trackedEstimated:(>4) satellites tracked,(>4) satellites visibleSurveyed:(>1) satellite tracked,(>4) satellites visibleVerify parameteras appropriate:-GPS Receiver Status:Current Dilution ofPrecision (PDOP or HDOP): (<30)Verify parameter-Current reference source:Number: 0; Status: Good; Valid: Yes Verify parameterComments:_________________________________________________________A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999A-6LFR Receiver OperationTable A-5: LFR Receiver OperationOK Parameter Specification Comments-Station call letters M X Y Zassignment. as specified in sitedocumentation-SN ratio is > 8 dB-LFR Task State: 1frlocked to station xxxxVerify parameter-Current reference source:Number: 1; Status: Good; Valid: YesVerify parameterComments:_________________________________________________________A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedJuly 1999 A-7SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2LPA IM Reduction Table A-6: LPA IM ReductionParameter CommentsOKLPACARRIERSpecificationOKLPA#4:1 & 2:13–Sector 2:16–Sector Dual BP3–Sector Dual BP6–SectorSpecification-1A C1 C1 C1 C1 No Alarms-1B C1 C1 C1 C1 No Alarms-2A C1 C1 C1 C1 No Alarms-2B C1 C1 C1 C1 No Alarms-3A C1 C1 C1 C1 No Alarms-3B C1 C1 C1 C1 No Alarms-4A C3 C1 C1 No Alarms-4B C3 C1 C1 No Alarms-5A C3 C1 C1 No Alarms-5B C3 C1 C1 No Alarms-6A C3 C1 C1 No Alarms-6B C3 C1 C1 No Alarms-7A C2 C2 C2 No Alarms-7B C2 C2 C2 No Alarms-8A C2 C2 C2 No Alarms-8B C2 C2 C2 No Alarms-9A C2 C2 C2 No Alarms-9B C2 C2 C2 No Alarms-10A C4 C2 No Alarms-10B C4 C2 No Alarms-11A C4 C2 No Alarms-11B C4 C2 No Alarms-12A C4 C2 No Alarms-12B C4 C2 No AlarmsComments:_________________________________________________________A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999A-8TX Bay Level Offset / PowerOutput Verification for3–Sector Configurations 1–Carrier2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels4–Carrier Non–adjacent ChannelsTable A-7: TX BLO Calibration (3–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier and 4–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels)OK Parameter Specification Comments-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-Calibratecarrier 1 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)prior to calibrationBBX2–2, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-BBX2–7, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-Calibratecarrier 2 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)prior to calibrationBBX2–8, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-BBX2–9, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-BBX2–4, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-Calibratecarrier 3 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)prior to calibrationBBX2–5, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-BBX2–6, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-BBX2–10, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-Calibratecarrier 4 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)prior to calibrationBBX2–11, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-BBX2–12, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB. . . continued on next pageA
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedJuly 1999 A-9SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table A-7: TX BLO Calibration (3–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier and 4–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels)OK CommentsSpecificationParameter-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-CalibrationAuditcarrier 10 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolutionpost calibrationBBX2–2, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-carrier 1BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-BBX2–7, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-CalibrationAuditcarrier 20 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolutionpost calibrationBBX2–8, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-carrier 2BBX2–9, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-BBX2–4, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-CalibrationAuditcarrier 30 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolutionpost calibrationBBX2–5, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-carrier 3BBX2–6, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-BBX2–10, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-CalibrationAuditcarrier 40 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolutionpost calibrationBBX2–11, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-carrier 4BBX2–12, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB Comments:__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999A-102–Carrier Adjacent ChannelTable A-8: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration (3–Sector: 2–Carrier Adjacent Channels)OK Parameter Specification Comments-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-Calibratecarrier 1 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (typical),38 dB (minimum) prior to calibrationBBX2–2, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-BBX2–7, ANT–4 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB-Calibratecarrier 2 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (typical),38 dB (minimum) prior to calibrationBBX2–8, ANT–5 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB-BBX2–9, ANT–6 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-CalibrationAuditcarrier 10 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolutionpost calibrationBBX2–2, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-carrier 1BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-BBX2–7, ANT–4 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB-CalibrationAuditcarrier 20 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolutionpost calibrationBBX2–8, ANT–5 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB-carrier 2BBX2–9, ANT–6 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB Comments:__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedJuly 1999 A-11SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 23–Carrier Adjacent Channels4–Carrier Adjacent ChannelsTable A-9: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration (3–Sector: 3 or 4–Carrier Adjacent Channels)OK Parameter Specification Comments-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-Calibratecarrier 1 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)prior to calibrationBBX2–2, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-BBX2–7, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-Calibratecarrier 2 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)prior to calibrationBBX2–8, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-BBX2–9, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-BBX2–4, ANT–4 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB-Calibratecarrier 3 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)prior to calibrationBBX2–5, ANT–5 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB-BBX2–6, ANT–6 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB-BBX2–10, ANT–4 = dBBBX2–3, ANT–4 = dB-Calibratecarrier 4 TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)prior to calibrationBBX2–11, ANT–5 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB-BBX2–12, ANT–6 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-CalibrationAuditcarrier 10 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolutionpost calibrationBBX2–2, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-carrier 1BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB. . . continued on next pageA
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999A-12Table A-9: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration (3–Sector: 3 or 4–Carrier Adjacent Channels)OK CommentsSpecificationParameter-BBX2–7, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-CalibrationAuditcarrier 20 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolutionpost calibrationBBX2–8, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-carrier 2BBX2–9, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-BBX2–4, ANT–4 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB-CalibrationAuditcarrier 30 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolutionpost calibrationBBX2–5, ANT–5 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB-carrier 3BBX2–6, ANT–6 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB-BBX2–10, ANT–4 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB-CalibrationAuditcarrier 40 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolutionpost calibrationBBX2–11, ANT–5 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB-carrier 4BBX2–12, ANT–6 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB Comments:__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedJuly 1999 A-13SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2TX Bay Level Offset / PowerOutput Verification for6–Sector Configurations 1–Carrier2–Carrier Non–adjacent ChannelsTable A-10: TX BLO Calibration (6–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels)OK Parameter Specification Comments-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-BBX2–2, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-Calibrate TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (typical),BBX2–3, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-carrier 1y ( yp ),38 dB (minimum) prior to calibration BBX2–4, ANT–4 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB-BBX2–5, ANT–5 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB-BBX2–6, ANT–6 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB-BBX2–7, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-BBX2–8, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-Calibrate TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (typical),BBX2–9, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-carrier 2y ( yp ),38 dB (minimum) prior to calibration BBX2–10, ANT–4 = dBBBX2–3, ANT–4 = dB-BBX2–11, ANT–5 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB-BBX2–12, ANT–6 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB. . . continued on next pageA
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999A-14Table A-10: TX BLO Calibration (6–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels)OK CommentsSpecificationParameter-BBX2–1, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-BBX2–2, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-CalibrationAudit0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolutionBBX2–3, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-Auditcarrier 1()gpost calibration BBX2–4, ANT–4 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB-BBX2–5, ANT–5 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB-BBX2–6, ANT–6 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB-BBX2–7, ANT–1 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–1 = dB-BBX2–8, ANT–2 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–2 = dB-CalibrationAudit0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolutionBBX2–9, ANT–3 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–3 = dB-Auditcarrier 2()gpost calibration BBX2–10, ANT–4 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–4 = dB-BBX2–11, ANT–5 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–5 = dB-BBX2–12, ANT–6 = dBBBX2–r, ANT–6 = dB Comments:__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedJuly 1999 A-15SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2TX Antenna VSWRTable A-11: TX Antenna VSWROK Parameter Specification Data-VSWR – Antenna 1 < (1.5 : 1)-VSWR –Antenna 2 < (1.5 : 1)-VSWR –Antenna 3 < (1.5 : 1)-VSWR –Antenna 4 < (1.5 : 1)-VSWR –Antenna 5 < (1.5 : 1)-VSWR –Antenna 6 < (1.5 : 1)Comments:__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999A-16RX Antenna VSWRTable A-12: RX Antenna VSWROK Parameter Specification Data-VSWR – Antenna 1 < (1.5 : 1)-VSWR –Antenna 2 < (1.5 : 1)-VSWR –Antenna 3 < (1.5 : 1)-VSWR –Antenna 4 < (1.5 : 1)-VSWR –Antenna 5 < (1.5 : 1)-VSWR –Antenna 6 < (1.5 : 1)Comments:_________________________________________________________AMR VerificationTable A-13: AMR CDI Alarm Input VerificationOK Parameter Specification Data-Verify CDI alarm inputoperation (“ALARM A”(numbers 1 –18)BTS Relay #XX –Contact AlarmSets/Clears-Verify CDI alarm inputoperation (“ALARM B” (numbers 19 –36)BTS Relay #XX –Contact AlarmSets/ClearsComments:_________________________________________________________A
Appendix A: Site Serial Number Check ListJuly 1999 A-17SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Date SiteC–CCP ShelfSite I/O A & BC–CCP ShelfCSM–1CSM–2HSOCCD–1CCD–2AMR–1AMR–2MPC–1MPC–2Fans 1–3 GLI2–1GLI2–2BBX2–1BBX2–2BBX2–3BBX2–4BBX2–5BBX2–6BBX2–7BBX2–8BBX2–9BBX2–10BBX2–11BBX2–12BBX2–rMCC24/MCC8E–1MCC24/MCC8E–2MCC24/MCC8E–3MCC24/MCC8E–4MCC24/MCC8E–5MCC24/MCC8E–6MCC24/MCC8E–7MCC24/MCC8E–8MCC24/MCC8E–9MCC24/MCC8E–10MCC24/MCC8E–11A
Appendix A: Site Serial Number Check List – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999A-18MCC24/MCC8E–12CIOSWITCHPS–1PS–2PS–3LPAsLPA 1ALPA 1BLPA 1CLPA 1DLPA 2ALPA 2BLPA 2CLPA 2DLPA 3ALPA 3BLPA 3CLPA 3DLPA 4ALPA 4BLPA 4CLPA 4DA
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix Appendix ContentAppendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix B-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Usage & Background B-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detailed Optimization/ATP Test Matrix B-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999NotesB
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test MatrixJuly 1999 B-1SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Usage & BackgroundPeriodic maintenance of a site may also may mandate re–optimization ofspecific portions of the site. An outline of some basic guidelines isincluded in the following tables.Re–optimization steps listed for any assembly detailed inthe tables below must be performed anytime a RF cableassociated with it is replaced.IMPORTANT*BTS FrameTable B-1: When RF Optimization Is required on the BTSItem Replaced Optimize:C–CCP Shelf All sector TX and RX paths to allCombined CDMA Channel Processor(C–CCP) shelves.Multicoupler/Preselector Card The three or six affected sector RX paths forthe C–CCP shelf in the BTS frames.Preselector I/O All sector RX paths.BBX2 board RX and TX paths of the affected C–CCPshelf / BBX2 board.CIO Card All RX and TX paths of the affectedCDMA carrier.Any LPA Module The affected sector TX path.LPA Backplane The affected sector TX path.LPA Filter The affected sector TX path.Ancillary Frame Item Replaced Optimize:Directional Coupler All affected sector RX and TX paths to allBTS frame shelves.Site filter All affected RX sector paths in all shelvesin all BTS frames.Any RFDS componentor TSU. The RFDS calibration RX & TX paths(MONFWD/GENFWD). . . . continued on next pageB
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999B-2Inter-frame CablingOptimization must be performed after the replacement of any RF cablingbetween BTS frames.Table B-2: When to Optimize Inter–frame CablingItem Replaced Optimize:Ancillary frame to BTSframe (RX) cables The affected sector/antenna RXpaths.BTS frame to ancillary frame(TX) cables The affected sector/antenna TX paths.Detailed Optimization/ATPTest MatrixTable B-3 outlines in more detail the tests that would need to beperformed if one of the BTS components were to fail and be replaced. Itis also assumed that all modules are placed OOS–ROM via the LMFuntil full redundancy of all applicable modules is implemented.The following guidelines should also be noted when using this table.Not every procedure required to bring the site back on lineis indicated in Table B-3. It is meant to be used as aguideline ONLY. The table assumes that the user is familiarenough with the BTS Optimization/ATP procedure tounderstand which test equipment set ups, calibrations, andBTS site preparation will be required before performing theTable # procedures referenced.IMPORTANT*Various passive BTS components (such as the TX and RX directionalcouplers, Preselector IO, CIO; etc.) only call for a TX or RX calibrationaudit to be performed in lieu of a full path calibration. If the RX or TXpath calibration audit fails, the entire RF path calibration will need to berepeated. If the RF path calibration fails, further troubleshooting iswarranted.Whenever any C–CCP BACKPLANE is replaced, it is assumed thatonly power to the C–CCP shelf being replaced is turned off via thebreaker supplying that shelf.Whenever any DISTRIBUTION BACKPLANE is replaced it is assumedthat the power to the entire RFM frame is removed and the PreselectorI/O is replaced. The modem frame should be brought up as if it were anew installation.B
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix – continuedJuly 1999 B-3SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2If any significant change in signal level results from anycomponent being replaced in the RX or TX signal flowpaths, it would be identified by re–running the RX and TXcalibration audit command.NOTEWhen the CIO is replaced, the C–CCP shelf remains powered up. TheBBX2 boards may need to be removed, then re–installed into theiroriginal slots, and re–downloaded (code and BLO data). RX and TXcalibration audits should then be performed.B
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999B-4Table B-3: SC 4812ET BTS Optimization and ATP Test MatrixDocTbl#DescriptionDirectional Coupler (RX)Directional Coupler (TX)RX FilterRX CablesTX CablesMulticoupler/PreselectorCIOC–CCP BackplaneBBX2MCC24/MCC8ECSMLFR/HSOGPSGLI2LPALPA Filter BandpassPower Converters (See Note)SWITCH CARDLPA Combiner Filter 2:1LPA Combiner Filter 4:1LPA BackplaneTable 2-1Initial Boards/ModulesInstall, PreliminaryOperations, CDF SiteEquipage; etc.DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDTable 2-18 DC Power Pre-Test D DTable 2-3 Initial Power-up D DTable 3-7 Start LMF Session D D D D D DTable 3-16 Download Code D DTable 3-18 Enable CSMs D DTable 3-21 GPS Initialization /Verification D D DTable 3-22 LFR Initialization /Verification D DTable 3-36 TX Path Calibration D D DTable 3-37 Download Offsets toBBX2 D D DTable 3-38 TX Path Calibration Audit D D DDD DD DDDDTable 4–5 Spectral Purity TX MaskATP DD DD DDDDTable 4–6 Waveform Quality (rho)ATP D D D D D D D D D DTable 4–7 Pilot Time Offset ATP D D D D D D D D D DTable 4–8 Code Domain Power /Noise Floor DDDTable 4–9 FER Test DDDDDNOTEReplace power converters one card at a time so that power to the C–CCP shelf is not lost. If power to theshelf is lost, all cards in the shelf must be downloaded again.B
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Appendix C: BBX Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output Considerations Appendix ContentUsage & Background C-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999NotesC
Appendix C: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output ConsiderationsJuly 1999 C-1SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Usage & BackgroundTable C-1 outlines the relationship between the total of all code domainchannel element gain settings (digital root sum of the squares) and theBBX2 Gain Set Point between 33.0 dBm and 44.0 dBm. The resultantRF output (as measured at the top of the BTS in dBm) is shown in thetable. The table assumes that the BBX2 Bay Level Offset (BLO) valueshave been calculated.As an illustration, consider a BBX2 keyed up to produce a CDMAcarrier with only the Pilot channel (no MCCs forward link enabled).Pilot gain is set to 262. In this case, the BBX2 Gain Set Point is shownto correlate exactly to the actual RF output anywhere in the 33 to 44dBm output range. (This is the level used to calibrate the BTS).Table C-1: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. Actual BTS Output (in dBm)dBm'Gainb44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33541 – – – – – – – 43.3 42.3 41.3 40.3 39.3533 – – – – – – – 43.2 42.2 41.2 40.2 39.2525 – – – – – – – 43 42 41 40 39517 – – – – – – – 42.9 41.9 40.9 39.9 38.9509 – – – – – – – 42.8 41.8 40.8 39.8 38.8501 – – – – – – – 42.6 41.6 40.6 39.6 38.6493 – – – – – – 43.5 42.5 41.5 40.5 39.5 38.5485 – – – – – – 43.4 42.4 41.4 40.4 39.4 38.4477 – – – – – – 43.2 42.2 41.2 40.2 39.2 38.2469 – – – – – – 43.1 42.1 41.1 40.1 39.1 38.1461 – – – – – – 42.9 41.9 40.9 39.9 38.9 37.9453 – – – – – – 42.8 41.8 40.8 39.8 38.8 37.8445 – – – – – 43.6 42.6 41.6 40.6 39.6 38.6 37.6437 – – – – – 43.4 42.4 41.4 40.4 39.4 38.4 37.4429 – – – – – 43.3 42.3 41.3 40.3 39.3 38.3 37.3421 – – – – – 43.1 42.1 41.1 40.1 39.1 38.1 37.1413 – – – – – 43 42 41 40 39 38 37405 – – – – – 42.8 41.8 40.8 39.8 38.8 37.8 36.8397 – – – – 43.6 42.6 41.6 40.6 39.6 38.6 37.6 36.6389 – – – – 43.4 42.4 41.4 40.4 39.4 38.4 37.4 36.4 . . . continued on next pageC
Appendix C: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output Considerations – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999C-2Table C-1: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. Actual BTS Output (in dBm)dBm'Gainb333435363738394041424344381 – – – – 43.3 42.3 41.3 40.3 39.3 38.3 37.3 36.3374 – – – – 43.1 42.1 41.1 40.1 39.1 38.1 37.1 36.1366 – – – – 42.9 41.9 40.9 39.9 38.9 37.9 36.9 35.9358 – – – – 42.7 41.7 40.7 39.7 38.7 37.7 36.7 35.7350 – – – 43.5 42.5 41.5 40.5 39.5 38.5 37.5 36.5 35.5342 – – – 43.3 42.3 41.3 40.3 39.3 38.3 37.3 36.3 35.3334 – – – 43.1 42.1 41.1 40.1 39.1 38.1 37.1 36.1 35.1326 – – – 42.9 41.9 40.9 39.9 38.9 37.9 36.9 35.9 34.9318 – – – 42.7 41.7 40.7 39.7 38.7 37.7 36.7 35.7 34.7310 – – 43.5 42.5 41.5 40.5 39.5 38.5 37.5 36.5 35.5 34.5302 – – 43.2 42.2 41.2 40.2 39.2 38.2 37.2 36.2 35.2 34.2294 – – 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34286 – – 42.8 41.8 40.8 39.8 38.8 37.8 36.8 35.8 34.8 33.8278 – 43.5 42.5 41.5 40.5 39.5 38.5 37.5 36.5 35.5 34.5 33.5270 – 43.3 42.3 41.3 40.3 39.3 38.3 37.3 36.3 35.3 34.3 33.3262 – 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33254 – 42.7 41.7 40.7 39.7 38.7 37.7 36.7 35.7 34.7 33.7 32.7246 43.4 42.4 41.4 40.4 39.4 38.4 37.4 36.4 35.4 34.4 33.4 32.4238 43.2 42.2 41.2 40.2 39.2 38.2 37.2 36.2 35.2 34.2 33.2 32.2230 42.9 41.9 40.9 39.9 38.9 37.9 36.9 35.9 34.9 33.9 32.9 31.9222 42.6 41.6 40.6 39.6 38.6 37.6 36.6 35.6 34.6 33.6 32.6 31.6214 42.2 41.2 40.2 39.2 38.2 37.2 36.2 35.2 34.2 33.2 32.2 31.2C
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Appendix D: CDMA Operating Frequency Information Appendix ContentPCS Channels D-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculating Center Frequencies D-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999NotesD
CDMA Operating Frequency Programming Information – North AmericanPCS BandsJuly 1999 D-1SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2IntroductionProgramming of each of the BTS BBX2 synthesizers is performed by theBTS GLIs via the CHI bus. This programming data determines thetransmit and receive transceiver operating frequencies (channels) foreach BBX2.PCS ChannelsFigure D-1 shows the valid channels for the North American PCSfrequency spectrum. There are 10 CDMA wireline or non–wireline bandchannels used in a CDMA system (unique per customer operatingsystem).Figure D-1: North American PCS Frequency Spectrum (CDMA Allocation) FREQ (MHz)RX TX2751175CHANNEL1863.759251851.25251871.25425675 1883.751896.251908.751943.751931.251951.251963.751976.251988.75ADBEFCD
CDMA Operating Frequency Programming Information – North AmericanBands – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999D-2Calculating CenterFrequenciesTable D-1 shows selected CDMA candidate operating channels, listed inboth decimal and hexadecimal, and the corresponding transmit, andreceive frequencies. Center frequency for channels not shown in the tablemay be calculated as follows:Direction Formula ExampleTX 1930 + (0.05 * Channel#) Channel 262: 1930 + (0.05*262) = 1943.10RX 1850 + (0.05 * Channel#) Channel 237: 1850 + (0.05*237) = 1861.85– Actual frequencies used depend on customer CDMA systemfrequency plan.– Each CDMA channel requires a 1.77 MHz frequency segment. Theactual CDMA carrier is 1.23 MHz wide, with a 0.27 MHz guardband on both sides of the carrier– Minimum frequency separation required between any CDMAcarrier and the nearest NAMPS/AMPS carrier is 900 kHz(center-to-center).D
CDMA Operating Frequency Programming Information – North AmericanBands – continuedJuly 1999 D-3SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table D-1: TX and RX Frequency vs. ChannelBlock Designator Channel NumberDecimal Hex Transmit Frequency (MHz)Center Frequency Receive Frequency (MHz)Center Frequency25 0019 1931.25 1851.2550 0032 1932.50 1852.5075 004B 1933.75 1853.75100 0064 1935.00 1855.00125 007D 1936.25 1856.25A150 0096 1937.50 1857.50A175 00AF 1938.75 1858.75200 00C8 1940.00 1860.00225 00E1 1941.25 1861.25250 00FA 1942.50 1862.50275 0113 1943.75 1863.75300 012C 1945.00 1865.00325 0145 1946.25 1866.25D350 015E 1947.50 1867.50D375 0177 1948.75 1868.75400 0190 1950.00 1870.00425 01A9 1951.25 1871.25450 01C2 1952.50 1872.50475 01DB 1953.75 1873.75500 01F4 1955.00 1875.00525 020D 1956.25 1876.25B550 0226 1957.50 1877.50B575 023F 1958.75 1878.75600 0258 1960.00 1880.00625 0271 1961.25 1881.25650 028A 1962.50 1882.50675 02A3 1963.75 1883.75700 02BC 1965.00 1885.00725 02D5 1966.25 1886.25E750 02EE 1967.50 1887.50E775 0307 1968.75 1888.75800 0320 1970.00 1890.00825 0339 1971.25 1891.25F850 0352 1972.50 1892.50F875 036B 1973.75 1893.75900 0384 1975.00 1895.00925 039D 1976.25 1896.25950 03B6 1977.50 1897.50975 03CF 1978.75 1898.751000 03E8 1980.00 1900.001025 0401 1981.25 1901.25C1050 041A 1982.50 1902.50C1075 0433 1983.75 1903.751100 044C 1985.00 1905.001125 0465 1986.25 1906.251150 047E 1987.50 1807.501175 0497 1988.75 1908.75D
CDMA Operating Frequency Programming Information – North AmericanBands – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999D-4NotesD
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Appendix E: PN Offset/I & Q Offset Register Programming Information Appendix ContentPN Offset Background E-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PN Offset Usage E-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E
Table of Contents – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999NotesE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming InformationJuly 1999 E-1SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2PN Offset BackgroundAll channel elements transmitted from a BTS in a particular 1.25 MHzCDMA channel are orthonogonally spread by 1 of 64 possible Walshcode functions; additionally, they are also spread by a quadrature pair ofPN sequences unique to each sector.Overall, the mobile uses this to differentiate multiple signals transmittedfrom the same BTS (and surrounding BTS) sectors, and to synchronizeto the next strongest sector.The PN offset per sector is stored on the BBX2s, where thecorresponding I & Q registers reside.The PN offset values are determined on a per BTS/per sector(antenna)basis as determined by the appropriate cdf file content. A breakdown ofthis information is found in Table E-1.PN Offset Usage There are three basic RF chip delays currently in use. It is important todetermine what RF chip delay is valid to be able to test the BTSfunctionality. This can be done by ascertaining if the CDF file FineTxAdj value was set to “on” when the MCC was downloaded with“image data”. The FineTxAdj value is used to compensate for theprocessing delay (approximately 20 mS) in the BTS using any type ofmobile meeting IS–97 specifications.If the FineTxAdj value in the cdf file is 213 (D5 HEX), FineTxAdj hasbeen set for the 14 chip table.CDF file I and Q values can be represented in DECIMALor HEX. If using HEX, add 0x before the HEX value. Ifnecessary, convert HEX values in Table E-1 to decimalbefore comparing them to cdf file I & Q value assignments.IMPORTANT*– If you are using a Qualcomm mobile, use the I and Q values fromthe 13 chip delay table.– If you are using a mobile that does not have the 1 chip offsetproblem, (any mobile meeting the IS–97 specification), use the 14chip delay table.If the wrong I and Q values are used with the wrongFineTxAdj parameter, system timing problems will occur.This will cause the energy transmitted to be “smeared”over several Walsh codes (instead of the single Walsh codethat it was assigned to), causing erratic operation. Evidenceof smearing is usually identified by Walsh channels not atcorrect levels or present when not selected in the CodeDomain Power Test.IMPORTANT*E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-2Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)0 17523 23459 4473 5BA3 29673 25581 73E9 63ED 4096 4096 1000 10001 32292 32589 7E24 7F4D 16146 29082 3F12 719A 9167 1571 23CF 06232 4700 17398 125C 43F6 2350 8699 092E 21FB 22417 7484 5791 1D3C3 14406 26333 3846 66DD 7203 32082 1C23 7D52 966 6319 03C6 18AF4 14899 4011 3A33 0FAB 19657 18921 4CC9 49E9 14189 2447 376D 098F5 17025 2256 4281 08D0 28816 1128 7090 0468 29150 24441 71DE 5F796 14745 18651 3999 48DB 19740 27217 4D1C 6A51 18245 27351 4745 6AD77 2783 1094 0ADF 0446 21695 547 54BF 0223 1716 23613 06B4 5C3D8 5832 21202 16C8 52D2 2916 10601 0B64 2969 11915 29008 2E8B 71509 12407 13841 3077 3611 18923 21812 49EB 5534 20981 5643 51F5 160B10 31295 31767 7A3F 7C17 27855 28727 6CCF 7037 24694 28085 6076 6DB511 7581 18890 1D9D 49CA 24350 9445 5F1E 24E5 11865 18200 2E59 471812 18523 30999 485B 7917 30205 29367 75FD 72B7 6385 21138 18F1 529213 29920 22420 74E0 5794 14960 11210 3A70 2BCA 27896 21937 6CF8 55B114 25184 20168 6260 4EC8 12592 10084 3130 2764 25240 25222 6298 628615 26282 12354 66AA 3042 13141 6177 3355 1821 30877 109 789D 006D16 30623 11187 779F 2BB3 27167 23525 6A1F 5BE5 30618 6028 779A 178C17 15540 11834 3CB4 2E3A 7770 5917 1E5A 171D 26373 22034 6705 561218 23026 10395 59F2 289B 11513 23153 2CF9 5A71 314 15069 013A 3ADD19 20019 28035 4E33 6D83 30409 30973 76C9 78FD 17518 4671 446E 123F20 4050 27399 0FD2 6B07 2025 31679 07E9 7BBF 21927 30434 55A7 76E221 1557 22087 0615 5647 21210 25887 52DA 651F 2245 11615 08C5 2D5F22 30262 2077 7636 081D 15131 18994 3B1B 4A32 18105 19838 46B9 4D7E23 18000 13758 4650 35BE 9000 6879 2328 1ADF 8792 14713 2258 397924 20056 11778 4E58 2E02 10028 5889 272C 1701 21440 241 53C0 00F125 12143 3543 2F6F 0DD7 18023 18647 4667 48D7 15493 24083 3C85 5E1326 17437 7184 441D 1C10 29662 3592 73DE 0E08 26677 7621 6835 1DC527 17438 2362 441E 093A 8719 1181 220F 049D 11299 19144 2C23 4AC828 5102 25840 13EE 64F0 2551 12920 09F7 3278 12081 1047 2F31 041729 9302 12177 2456 2F91 4651 23028 122B 59F4 23833 26152 5D19 662830 17154 10402 4302 28A2 8577 5201 2181 1451 20281 22402 4F39 578231 5198 1917 144E 077D 2599 19842 0A27 4D82 10676 21255 29B4 530732 4606 17708 11FE 452C 2303 8854 08FF 2296 16981 30179 4255 75E333 24804 10630 60E4 2986 12402 5315 3072 14C3 31964 7408 7CDC 1CF034 17180 6812 431C 1A9C 8590 3406 218E 0D4E 26913 115 6921 007335 10507 14350 290B 380E 17749 7175 4555 1C07 14080 1591 3700 063736 10157 10999 27AD 2AF7 16902 23367 4206 5B47 23842 1006 5D22 03EE37 23850 25003 5D2A 61AB 11925 32489 2E95 7EE9 27197 32263 6A3D 7E0738 31425 2652 7AC1 0A5C 27824 1326 6CB0 052E 22933 1332 5995 053439 4075 19898 0FEB 4DBA 22053 9949 5625 26DD 30220 12636 760C 315C40 10030 2010 272E 07DA 5015 1005 1397 03ED 12443 4099 309B 100341 16984 25936 4258 6550 8492 12968 212C 32A8 19854 386 4D8E 018242 14225 28531 3791 6F73 18968 31109 4A18 7985 14842 29231 39FA 722F43 26519 11952 6797 2EB0 25115 5976 621B 1758 15006 25711 3A9E 646F44 27775 31947 6C7F 7CCB 26607 28761 67EF 7059 702 10913 02BE 2AA145 30100 25589 7594 63F5 15050 32710 3ACA 7FC6 21373 8132 537D 1FC446 7922 11345 1EF2 2C51 3961 22548 0F79 5814 23874 20844 5D42 516C47 14199 28198 3777 6E26 19051 14099 4A6B 3713 3468 13150 0D8C 335E48 17637 13947 44E5 367B 29602 21761 73A2 5501 31323 18184 7A5B 470849 23081 8462 5A29 210E 31940 4231 7CC4 1087 29266 19066 7252 4A7A50 5099 9595 13EB 257B 22565 23681 5825 5C81 16554 29963 40AA 750B. . . continued on next pageE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedJuly 1999 E-3SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)51 32743 4670 7FE7 123E 28195 2335 6E23 091F 22575 6605 582F 19CD52 7114 14672 1BCA 3950 3557 7336 0DE5 1CA8 31456 29417 7AE0 72E953 7699 29415 1E13 72E7 24281 30543 5ED9 774F 8148 22993 1FD4 59D154 19339 20610 4B8B 5082 29717 10305 7415 2841 19043 27657 4A63 6C0955 28212 6479 6E34 194F 14106 17051 371A 429B 25438 5468 635E 155C56 29587 10957 7393 2ACD 26649 23386 6819 5B5A 10938 8821 2ABA 227557 19715 18426 4D03 47FA 30545 9213 7751 23FD 2311 20773 0907 512558 14901 22726 3A35 58C6 19658 11363 4CCA 2C63 7392 4920 1CE0 133859 20160 5247 4EC0 147F 10080 17411 2760 4403 30714 5756 77FA 167C60 22249 29953 56E9 7501 31396 29884 7AA4 74BC 180 28088 00B4 6DB861 26582 5796 67D6 16A4 13291 2898 33EB 0B52 8948 740 22F4 02E462 7153 16829 1BF1 41BD 23592 28386 5C28 6EE2 16432 23397 4030 5B6563 15127 4528 3B17 11B0 19547 2264 4C5B 08D8 9622 19492 2596 4C2464 15274 5415 3BAA 1527 7637 17583 1DD5 44AF 7524 26451 1D64 675365 23149 10294 5A6D 2836 31974 5147 7CE6 141B 1443 30666 05A3 77CA66 16340 17046 3FD4 4296 8170 8523 1FEA 214B 1810 15088 0712 3AF067 27052 7846 69AC 1EA6 13526 3923 34D6 0F53 6941 26131 1B1D 661368 13519 10762 34CF 2A0A 19383 5381 4BB7 1505 3238 15969 0CA6 3E6169 10620 13814 297C 35F6 5310 6907 14BE 1AFB 8141 24101 1FCD 5E2570 15978 16854 3E6A 41D6 7989 8427 1F35 20EB 10408 12762 28A8 31DA71 27966 795 6D3E 031B 13983 20401 369F 4FB1 18826 19997 498A 4E1D72 12479 9774 30BF 262E 18831 4887 498F 1317 22705 22971 58B1 59BB73 1536 24291 0600 5EE3 768 24909 0300 614D 3879 12560 0F27 311074 3199 3172 0C7F 0C64 22511 1586 57EF 0632 21359 31213 536F 79ED75 4549 2229 11C5 08B5 22834 19046 5932 4A66 30853 18780 7885 495C76 17888 21283 45E0 5323 8944 26541 22F0 67AD 18078 16353 469E 3FE177 13117 16905 333D 4209 18510 28472 484E 6F38 15910 12055 3E26 2F1778 7506 7062 1D52 1B96 3753 3531 0EA9 0DCB 20989 30396 51FD 76BC79 27626 7532 6BEA 1D6C 13813 3766 35F5 0EB6 28810 24388 708A 5F4480 31109 25575 7985 63E7 27922 32719 6D12 7FCF 30759 1555 7827 061381 29755 14244 743B 37A4 27597 7122 6BCD 1BD2 18899 13316 49D3 340482 26711 28053 6857 6D95 26107 30966 65FB 78F6 7739 31073 1E3B 796183 20397 30408 4FAD 76C8 30214 15204 7606 3B64 6279 6187 1887 182B84 18608 5094 48B0 13E6 9304 2547 2458 09F3 9968 21644 26F0 548C85 7391 16222 1CDF 3F5E 24511 8111 5FBF 1FAF 8571 9289 217B 244986 23168 7159 5A80 1BF7 11584 17351 2D40 43C7 4143 4624 102F 121087 23466 174 5BAA 00AE 11733 87 2DD5 0057 19637 467 4CB5 01D388 15932 25530 3E3C 63BA 7966 12765 1F1E 31DD 11867 18133 2E5B 46D589 25798 2320 64C6 0910 12899 1160 3263 0488 7374 1532 1CCE 05FC90 28134 23113 6DE6 5A49 14067 25368 36F3 6318 10423 1457 28B7 05B191 28024 23985 6D78 5DB1 14012 24804 36BC 60E4 9984 9197 2700 23ED92 6335 2604 18BF 0A2C 23951 1302 5D8F 0516 7445 13451 1D15 348B93 21508 1826 5404 0722 10754 913 2A02 0391 4133 25785 1025 64B994 26338 30853 66E2 7885 13169 29310 3371 727E 22646 4087 5876 0FF795 17186 15699 4322 3D53 8593 20629 2191 5095 15466 31190 3C6A 79D696 22462 2589 57BE 0A1D 11231 19250 2BDF 4B32 2164 8383 0874 20BF97 3908 25000 0F44 61A8 1954 12500 07A2 30D4 16380 12995 3FFC 32C398 25390 18163 632E 46F3 12695 27973 3197 6D45 15008 27438 3AA0 6B2E99 27891 12555 6CF3 310B 26537 22201 67A9 56B9 31755 9297 7C0B 2451100 9620 8670 2594 21DE 4810 4335 12CA 10EF 31636 1676 7B94 068C. . . continued on next pageE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-4Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)101 6491 1290 195B 050A 23933 645 5D7D 0285 25414 12596 6346 3134102 16876 4407 41EC 1137 8438 18087 20F6 46A7 7102 19975 1BBE 4E07103 17034 1163 428A 048B 8517 19577 2145 4C79 20516 20026 5024 4E3A104 32405 12215 7E95 2FB7 28314 23015 6E9A 59E7 19495 8958 4C27 22FE105 27417 7253 6B19 1C55 25692 16406 645C 4016 17182 19143 431E 4AC7106 8382 8978 20BE 2312 4191 4489 105F 1189 11572 17142 2D34 42F6107 5624 25547 15F8 63CB 2812 32729 0AFC 7FD9 25570 19670 63E2 4CD6108 1424 3130 0590 0C3A 712 1565 02C8 061D 6322 30191 18B2 75EF109 13034 31406 32EA 7AAE 6517 15703 1975 3D57 8009 5822 1F49 16BE110 15682 6222 3D42 184E 7841 3111 1EA1 0C27 26708 22076 6854 563C111 27101 20340 69DD 4F74 25918 10170 653E 27BA 6237 606 185D 025E112 8521 25094 2149 6206 16756 12547 4174 3103 32520 9741 7F08 260D113 30232 23380 7618 5B54 15116 11690 3B0C 2DAA 31627 9116 7B8B 239C114 6429 10926 191D 2AAE 23902 5463 5D5E 1557 3532 12705 0DCC 31A1115 27116 22821 69EC 5925 13558 25262 34F6 62AE 24090 17502 5E1A 445E116 4238 31634 108E 7B92 2119 15817 0847 3DC9 20262 18952 4F26 4A08117 5128 4403 1408 1133 2564 18085 0A04 46A5 18238 15502 473E 3C8E118 14846 689 39FE 02B1 7423 20324 1CFF 4F64 2033 17819 07F1 459B119 13024 27045 32E0 69A5 6512 31470 1970 7AEE 25566 4370 63DE 1112120 10625 27557 2981 6BA5 17680 31726 4510 7BEE 25144 31955 6238 7CD3121 31724 16307 7BEC 3FB3 15862 20965 3DF6 51E5 29679 30569 73EF 7769122 13811 22338 35F3 5742 19241 11169 4B29 2BA1 5064 7350 13C8 1CB6123 24915 27550 6153 6B9E 24953 13775 6179 35CF 27623 26356 6BE7 66F4124 1213 22096 04BD 5650 21390 11048 538E 2B28 13000 32189 32C8 7DBD125 2290 23136 08F2 5A60 1145 11568 0479 2D30 31373 1601 7A8D 0641126 31551 12199 7B3F 2FA7 27727 23023 6C4F 59EF 13096 19537 3328 4C51127 12088 1213 2F38 04BD 6044 19554 179C 4C62 26395 25667 671B 6443128 7722 936 1E2A 03A8 3861 468 0F15 01D4 15487 4415 3C7F 113F129 27312 6272 6AB0 1880 13656 3136 3558 0C40 29245 2303 723D 08FF130 23130 32446 5A5A 7EBE 11565 16223 2D2D 3F5F 26729 16362 6869 3FEA131 594 13555 0252 34F3 297 21573 0129 5445 12568 28620 3118 6FCC132 25804 8789 64CC 2255 12902 24342 3266 5F16 24665 6736 6059 1A50133 31013 24821 7925 60F5 27970 32326 6D42 7E46 8923 2777 22DB 0AD9134 32585 21068 7F49 524C 28276 10534 6E74 2926 19634 24331 4CB2 5F0B135 3077 31891 0C05 7C93 22482 28789 57D2 7075 29141 9042 71D5 2352136 17231 5321 434F 14C9 28791 17496 7077 4458 73 107 0049 006B137 31554 551 7B42 0227 15777 20271 3DA1 4F2F 26482 4779 6772 12AB138 8764 12115 223C 2F53 4382 22933 111E 5995 6397 13065 18FD 3309139 15375 4902 3C0F 1326 20439 2451 4FD7 0993 29818 30421 747A 76D5140 13428 1991 3474 07C7 6714 19935 1A3A 4DDF 8153 20210 1FD9 4EF2141 17658 14404 44FA 3844 8829 7202 227D 1C22 302 5651 012E 1613142 13475 17982 34A3 463E 19329 8991 4B81 231F 28136 31017 6DE8 7929143 22095 19566 564F 4C6E 31479 9783 7AF7 2637 29125 30719 71C5 77FF144 24805 2970 60E5 0B9A 24994 1485 61A2 05CD 8625 23104 21B1 5A40145 4307 23055 10D3 5A0F 22969 25403 59B9 633B 26671 7799 682F 1E77146 23292 15158 5AFC 3B36 11646 7579 2D7E 1D9B 6424 17865 1918 45C9147 1377 29094 0561 71A6 21344 14547 5360 38D3 12893 26951 325D 6947148 28654 653 6FEE 028D 14327 20346 37F7 4F7A 18502 25073 4846 61F1149 6350 19155 18CE 4AD3 3175 27477 0C67 6B55 7765 32381 1E55 7E7D150 16770 23588 4182 5C24 8385 11794 20C1 2E12 25483 16581 638B 40C5. . . continued on next pageE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedJuly 1999 E-5SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)151 14726 10878 3986 2A7E 7363 5439 1CC3 153F 15408 32087 3C30 7D57152 25685 31060 6455 7954 25594 15530 63FA 3CAA 6414 97 190E 0061153 21356 30875 536C 789B 10678 29297 29B6 7271 8164 7618 1FE4 1DC2154 12149 11496 2F75 2CE8 18026 5748 466A 1674 10347 93 286B 005D155 28966 24545 7126 5FE1 14483 25036 3893 61CC 29369 16052 72B9 3EB4156 22898 9586 5972 2572 11449 4793 2CB9 12B9 10389 14300 2895 37DC157 1713 20984 06B1 51F8 21128 10492 5288 28FC 24783 11129 60CF 2B79158 30010 30389 753A 76B5 15005 30054 3A9D 7566 18400 6602 47E0 19CA159 2365 7298 093D 1C82 21838 3649 554E 0E41 22135 14460 5677 387C160 27179 18934 6A2B 49F6 25797 9467 64C5 24FB 4625 25458 1211 6372161 29740 23137 742C 5A61 14870 25356 3A16 630C 22346 15869 574A 3DFD162 5665 24597 1621 6015 23232 32310 5AC0 7E36 2545 27047 09F1 69A7163 23671 23301 5C77 5B05 32747 25534 7FEB 63BE 7786 26808 1E6A 68B8164 1680 7764 0690 1E54 840 3882 0348 0F2A 20209 7354 4EF1 1CBA165 25861 14518 6505 38B6 25426 7259 6352 1C5B 26414 27834 672E 6CBA166 25712 21634 6470 5482 12856 10817 3238 2A41 1478 11250 05C6 2BF2167 19245 11546 4B2D 2D1A 29766 5773 7446 168D 15122 552 3B12 0228168 26887 26454 6907 6756 25939 13227 6553 33AB 24603 27058 601B 69B2169 30897 15938 78B1 3E42 28040 7969 6D88 1F21 677 14808 02A5 39D8170 11496 9050 2CE8 235A 5748 4525 1674 11AD 13705 9642 3589 25AA171 1278 3103 04FE 0C1F 639 18483 027F 4833 13273 32253 33D9 7DFD172 31555 758 7B43 02F6 27761 379 6C71 017B 14879 26081 3A1F 65E1173 29171 16528 71F3 4090 26921 8264 6929 2048 6643 21184 19F3 52C0174 20472 20375 4FF8 4F97 10236 27127 27FC 69F7 23138 11748 5A62 2DE4175 5816 10208 16B8 27E0 2908 5104 0B5C 13F0 28838 32676 70A6 7FA4176 30270 17698 763E 4522 15135 8849 3B1F 2291 9045 2425 2355 0979177 22188 8405 56AC 20D5 11094 24150 2B56 5E56 10792 19455 2A28 4BFF178 6182 28634 1826 6FDA 3091 14317 0C13 37ED 25666 19889 6442 4DB1179 32333 1951 7E4D 079F 28406 19955 6EF6 4DF3 11546 18177 2D1A 4701180 14046 20344 36DE 4F78 7023 10172 1B6F 27BC 15535 2492 3CAF 09BC181 15873 26696 3E01 6848 20176 13348 4ED0 3424 16134 15086 3F06 3AEE182 19843 3355 4D83 0D1B 30481 18609 7711 48B1 8360 30632 20A8 77A8183 29367 11975 72B7 2EC7 26763 22879 688B 595F 14401 27549 3841 6B9D184 13352 31942 3428 7CC6 6676 15971 1A14 3E63 26045 6911 65BD 1AFF185 22977 9737 59C1 2609 32048 23864 7D30 5D38 24070 9937 5E06 26D1186 31691 9638 7BCB 25A6 27701 4819 6C35 12D3 30300 2467 765C 09A3187 10637 30643 298D 77B3 17686 30181 4516 75E5 13602 25831 3522 64E7188 25454 13230 636E 33AE 12727 6615 31B7 19D7 32679 32236 7FA7 7DEC189 18610 22185 48B2 56A9 9305 25960 2459 6568 16267 12987 3F8B 32BB190 6368 2055 18E0 0807 3184 19007 0C70 4A3F 9063 11714 2367 2DC2191 7887 8767 1ECF 223F 24247 24355 5EB7 5F23 19487 19283 4C1F 4B53192 7730 15852 1E32 3DEC 3865 7926 0F19 1EF6 12778 11542 31EA 2D16193 23476 16125 5BB4 3EFD 11738 20802 2DDA 5142 27309 27928 6AAD 6D18194 889 6074 0379 17BA 20588 3037 506C 0BDD 12527 26637 30EF 680D195 21141 31245 5295 7A0D 30874 29498 789A 733A 953 10035 03B9 2733196 20520 15880 5028 3E08 10260 7940 2814 1F04 15958 10748 3E56 29FC197 21669 20371 54A5 4F93 31618 27125 7B82 69F5 6068 24429 17B4 5F6D198 15967 8666 3E5F 21DA 20223 4333 4EFF 10ED 23577 29701 5C19 7405199 21639 816 5487 0330 31635 408 7B93 0198 32156 14997 7D9C 3A95200 31120 22309 7990 5725 15560 26030 3CC8 65AE 32709 32235 7FC5 7DEB. . . continued on next pageE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-6Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)201 3698 29563 0E72 737B 1849 30593 0739 7781 23557 30766 5C05 782E202 16322 13078 3FC2 3316 8161 6539 1FE1 198B 17638 5985 44E6 1761203 17429 10460 4415 28DC 29658 5230 73DA 146E 3545 6823 0DD9 1AA7204 21730 17590 54E2 44B6 10865 8795 2A71 225B 9299 20973 2453 51ED205 17808 20277 4590 4F35 8904 27046 22C8 69A6 6323 10197 18B3 27D5206 30068 19988 7574 4E14 15034 9994 3ABA 270A 19590 9618 4C86 2592207 12737 6781 31C1 1A7D 18736 17154 4930 4302 7075 22705 1BA3 58B1208 28241 32501 6E51 7EF5 26360 28998 66F8 7146 14993 5234 3A91 1472209 20371 6024 4F93 1788 30233 3012 7619 0BC4 19916 12541 4DCC 30FD210 13829 20520 3605 5028 19154 10260 4AD2 2814 6532 8019 1984 1F53211 13366 31951 3436 7CCF 6683 28763 1A1B 705B 17317 22568 43A5 5828212 25732 26063 6484 65CF 12866 31963 3242 7CDB 16562 5221 40B2 1465213 19864 27203 4D98 6A43 9932 31517 26CC 7B1D 26923 25216 692B 6280214 5187 6614 1443 19D6 23537 3307 5BF1 0CEB 9155 1354 23C3 054A215 23219 10970 5AB3 2ADA 31881 5485 7C89 156D 20243 29335 4F13 7297216 28242 5511 6E52 1587 14121 17663 3729 44FF 32391 6682 7E87 1A1A217 6243 17119 1863 42DF 24033 28499 5DE1 6F53 20190 26128 4EDE 6610218 445 16064 01BD 3EC0 20750 8032 510E 1F60 27564 29390 6BAC 72CE219 21346 31614 5362 7B7E 10673 15807 29B1 3DBF 20869 8852 5185 2294220 13256 4660 33C8 1234 6628 2330 19E4 091A 9791 6110 263F 17DE221 18472 13881 4828 3639 9236 21792 2414 5520 714 11847 02CA 2E47222 25945 16819 6559 41B3 25468 28389 637C 6EE5 7498 10239 1D4A 27FF223 31051 6371 794B 18E3 28021 16973 6D75 424D 23278 6955 5AEE 1B2B224 1093 24673 0445 6061 21490 32268 53F2 7E0C 8358 10897 20A6 2A91225 5829 6055 16C5 17A7 23218 17903 5AB2 45EF 9468 14076 24FC 36FC226 31546 10009 7B3A 2719 15773 23984 3D9D 5DB0 23731 12450 5CB3 30A2227 29833 5957 7489 1745 27540 17822 6B94 459E 25133 8954 622D 22FA228 18146 11597 46E2 2D4D 9073 22682 2371 589A 2470 19709 09A6 4CFD229 24813 22155 60ED 568B 24998 25977 61A6 6579 17501 1252 445D 04E4230 47 15050 002F 3ACA 20935 7525 51C7 1D65 24671 15142 605F 3B26231 3202 16450 0C82 4042 1601 8225 0641 2021 11930 26958 2E9A 694E232 21571 27899 5443 6CFB 31729 30785 7BF1 7841 9154 8759 23C2 2237233 7469 2016 1D2D 07E0 24390 1008 5F46 03F0 7388 12696 1CDC 3198234 25297 17153 62D1 4301 24760 28604 60B8 6FBC 3440 11936 0D70 2EA0235 8175 15849 1FEF 3DE9 24103 20680 5E27 50C8 27666 25635 6C12 6423236 28519 30581 6F67 7775 26211 30086 6663 7586 22888 17231 5968 434F237 4991 3600 137F 0E10 22639 1800 586F 0708 13194 22298 338A 571A238 7907 4097 1EE3 1001 24225 17980 5EA1 463C 26710 7330 6856 1CA2239 17728 671 4540 029F 8864 20339 22A0 4F73 7266 30758 1C62 7826240 14415 20774 384F 5126 19959 10387 4DF7 2893 15175 6933 3B47 1B15241 30976 24471 7900 5F97 15488 25079 3C80 61F7 15891 2810 3E13 0AFA242 26376 27341 6708 6ACD 13188 31578 3384 7B5A 26692 8820 6844 2274243 19063 19388 4A77 4BBC 29931 9694 74EB 25DE 14757 7831 39A5 1E97244 19160 25278 4AD8 62BE 9580 12639 256C 315F 28757 19584 7055 4C80245 3800 9505 0ED8 2521 1900 23724 076C 5CAC 31342 2944 7A6E 0B80246 8307 26143 2073 661F 16873 32051 41E9 7D33 19435 19854 4BEB 4D8E247 12918 13359 3276 342F 6459 21547 193B 542B 2437 10456 0985 28D8248 19642 2154 4CBA 086A 9821 1077 265D 0435 20573 17036 505D 428C249 24873 13747 6129 35B3 24900 21733 6144 54E5 18781 2343 495D 0927250 22071 27646 5637 6BFE 31435 13823 7ACB 35FF 18948 14820 4A04 39E4. . . continued on next pageE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedJuly 1999 E-7SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)251 13904 1056 3650 0420 6952 528 1B28 0210 23393 1756 5B61 06DC252 27198 1413 6A3E 0585 13599 19710 351F 4CFE 5619 19068 15F3 4A7C253 3685 3311 0E65 0CEF 22242 18507 56E2 484B 17052 28716 429C 702C254 16820 4951 41B4 1357 8410 18327 20DA 4797 21292 31958 532C 7CD6255 22479 749 57CF 02ED 31287 20298 7A37 4F4A 2868 16097 0B34 3EE1256 6850 6307 1AC2 18A3 3425 17005 0D61 426D 19538 1308 4C52 051C257 15434 961 3C4A 03C1 7717 20444 1E25 4FDC 24294 3320 5EE6 0CF8258 19332 2358 4B84 0936 9666 1179 25C2 049B 22895 16682 596F 412A259 8518 28350 2146 6EBE 4259 14175 10A3 375F 27652 6388 6C04 18F4260 14698 31198 396A 79DE 7349 15599 1CB5 3CEF 29905 12828 74D1 321C261 21476 11467 53E4 2CCB 10738 22617 29F2 5859 21415 3518 53A7 0DBE262 30475 8862 770B 229E 27221 4431 6A55 114F 1210 3494 04BA 0DA6263 23984 6327 5DB0 18B7 11992 16999 2ED8 4267 22396 6458 577C 193A264 1912 7443 0778 1D13 956 16565 03BC 40B5 26552 10717 67B8 29DD265 26735 28574 686F 6F9E 26087 14287 65E7 37CF 24829 8463 60FD 210F266 15705 25093 3D59 6205 20348 32574 4F7C 7F3E 8663 27337 21D7 6AC9267 3881 6139 0F29 17FB 22084 17857 5644 45C1 991 19846 03DF 4D86268 20434 22047 4FD2 561F 10217 25907 27E9 6533 21926 9388 55A6 24AC269 16779 32545 418B 7F21 28949 29100 7115 71AC 23306 21201 5B0A 52D1270 31413 7112 7AB5 1BC8 27786 3556 6C8A 0DE4 13646 31422 354E 7ABE271 16860 28535 41DC 6F77 8430 31111 20EE 7987 148 166 0094 00A6272 8322 10378 2082 288A 4161 5189 1041 1445 24836 28622 6104 6FCE273 28530 15065 6F72 3AD9 14265 21328 37B9 5350 24202 6477 5E8A 194D274 26934 5125 6936 1405 13467 17470 349B 443E 9820 10704 265C 29D0275 18806 12528 4976 30F0 9403 6264 24BB 1878 12939 25843 328B 64F3276 20216 23215 4EF8 5AAF 10108 25451 277C 636B 2364 25406 093C 633E277 9245 20959 241D 51DF 17374 26323 43DE 66D3 14820 21523 39E4 5413278 8271 3568 204F 0DF0 16887 1784 41F7 06F8 2011 8569 07DB 2179279 18684 26453 48FC 6755 9342 32150 247E 7D96 13549 9590 34ED 2576280 8220 29421 201C 72ED 4110 30538 100E 774A 28339 22466 6EB3 57C2281 6837 24555 1AB5 5FEB 23690 25033 5C8A 61C9 25759 12455 649F 30A7282 9613 10779 258D 2A1B 17174 23345 4316 5B31 11116 27506 2B6C 6B72283 31632 25260 7B90 62AC 15816 12630 3DC8 3156 31448 21847 7AD8 5557284 27448 16084 6B38 3ED4 13724 8042 359C 1F6A 27936 28392 6D20 6EE8285 12417 26028 3081 65AC 18832 13014 4990 32D6 3578 1969 0DFA 07B1286 30901 29852 78B5 749C 28042 14926 6D8A 3A4E 12371 30715 3053 77FB287 9366 14978 2496 3A82 4683 7489 124B 1D41 12721 23674 31B1 5C7A288 12225 12182 2FC1 2F96 17968 6091 4630 17CB 10264 22629 2818 5865289 21458 25143 53D2 6237 10729 32551 29E9 7F27 25344 12857 6300 3239290 6466 15838 1942 3DDE 3233 7919 0CA1 1EEF 13246 30182 33BE 75E6291 8999 5336 2327 14D8 16451 2668 4043 0A6C 544 21880 0220 5578292 26718 21885 685E 557D 13359 25730 342F 6482 9914 6617 26BA 19D9293 3230 20561 0C9E 5051 1615 26132 064F 6614 4601 27707 11F9 6C3B294 27961 30097 6D39 7591 26444 29940 674C 74F4 16234 16249 3F6A 3F79295 28465 21877 6F31 5575 26184 25734 6648 6486 24475 24754 5F9B 60B2296 6791 23589 1A87 5C25 23699 24622 5C93 602E 26318 31609 66CE 7B79297 17338 26060 43BA 65CC 8669 13030 21DD 32E6 6224 22689 1850 58A1298 11832 9964 2E38 26EC 5916 4982 171C 1376 13381 3226 3445 0C9A299 11407 25959 2C8F 6567 18327 31887 4797 7C8F 30013 4167 753D 1047300 15553 3294 3CC1 0CDE 20400 1647 4FB0 066F 22195 25624 56B3 6418. . . continued on next pageE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-8Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)301 17418 30173 440A 75DD 8709 29906 2205 74D2 30380 10924 76AC 2AAC302 14952 15515 3A68 3C9B 7476 20593 1D34 5071 15337 23096 3BE9 5A38303 52 5371 0034 14FB 26 17473 001A 4441 10716 22683 29DC 589B304 27254 10242 6A76 2802 13627 5121 353B 1401 13592 10955 3518 2ACB305 15064 28052 3AD8 6D94 7532 14026 1D6C 36CA 2412 17117 096C 42DD306 10942 14714 2ABE 397A 5471 7357 155F 1CBD 15453 15837 3C5D 3DDD307 377 19550 0179 4C5E 20844 9775 516C 262F 13810 22647 35F2 5877308 14303 8866 37DF 22A2 19007 4433 4A3F 1151 12956 10700 329C 29CC309 24427 15297 5F6B 3BC1 32357 21468 7E65 53DC 30538 30293 774A 7655310 26629 10898 6805 2A92 26066 5449 65D2 1549 10814 5579 2A3E 15CB311 20011 31315 4E2B 7A53 30405 29461 76C5 7315 18939 11057 49FB 2B31312 16086 19475 3ED6 4C13 8043 26677 1F6B 6835 19767 30238 4D37 761E313 24374 1278 5F36 04FE 12187 639 2F9B 027F 20547 14000 5043 36B0314 9969 11431 26F1 2CA7 17064 22639 42A8 586F 29720 22860 7418 594C315 29364 31392 72B4 7AA0 14682 15696 395A 3D50 31831 27172 7C57 6A24316 25560 4381 63D8 111D 12780 18098 31EC 46B2 26287 307 66AF 0133317 28281 14898 6E79 3A32 26348 7449 66EC 1D19 11310 20380 2C2E 4F9C318 7327 23959 1C9F 5D97 24479 24823 5F9F 60F7 25724 26427 647C 673B319 32449 16091 7EC1 3EDB 28336 20817 6EB0 5151 21423 10702 53AF 29CE320 26334 9037 66DE 234D 13167 24474 336F 5F9A 5190 30024 1446 7548321 14760 24162 39A8 5E62 7380 12081 1CD4 2F31 258 14018 0102 36C2322 15128 6383 3B18 18EF 7564 16971 1D8C 424B 13978 4297 369A 10C9323 29912 27183 74D8 6A2F 14956 31531 3A6C 7B2B 4670 13938 123E 3672324 4244 16872 1094 41E8 2122 8436 084A 20F4 23496 25288 5BC8 62C8325 8499 9072 2133 2370 16713 4536 4149 11B8 23986 27294 5DB2 6A9E326 9362 12966 2492 32A6 4681 6483 1249 1953 839 31835 0347 7C5B327 10175 28886 27BF 70D6 16911 14443 420F 386B 11296 8228 2C20 2024328 30957 25118 78ED 621E 28070 12559 6DA6 310F 30913 12745 78C1 31C9329 12755 20424 31D3 4FC8 18745 10212 4939 27E4 27297 6746 6AA1 1A5A330 19350 6729 4B96 1A49 9675 17176 25CB 4318 10349 1456 286D 05B0331 1153 20983 0481 51F7 21392 26311 5390 66C7 32504 27743 7EF8 6C5F332 29304 12372 7278 3054 14652 6186 393C 182A 18405 27443 47E5 6B33333 6041 13948 1799 367C 23068 6974 5A1C 1B3E 3526 31045 0DC6 7945334 21668 27547 54A4 6B9B 10834 31729 2A52 7BF1 19161 12225 4AD9 2FC1335 28048 8152 6D90 1FD8 14024 4076 36C8 0FEC 23831 21482 5D17 53EA336 10096 17354 2770 43CA 5048 8677 13B8 21E5 21380 14678 5384 3956337 23388 17835 5B5C 45AB 11694 27881 2DAE 6CE9 4282 30656 10BA 77C0338 15542 14378 3CB6 382A 7771 7189 1E5B 1C15 32382 13721 7E7E 3599339 24013 7453 5DCD 1D1D 32566 16562 7F36 40B2 806 21831 0326 5547340 2684 26317 0A7C 66CD 1342 32090 053E 7D5A 6238 30208 185E 7600341 19018 5955 4A4A 1743 9509 17821 2525 459D 10488 9995 28F8 270B342 25501 10346 639D 286A 24606 5173 601E 1435 19507 3248 4C33 0CB0343 4489 13200 1189 3390 22804 6600 5914 19C8 27288 12030 6A98 2EFE344 31011 30402 7923 76C2 27969 15201 6D41 3B61 2390 5688 0956 1638345 29448 7311 7308 1C8F 14724 16507 3984 407B 19094 2082 4A96 0822346 25461 3082 6375 0C0A 24682 1541 606A 0605 13860 23143 3624 5A67347 11846 21398 2E46 5396 5923 10699 1723 29CB 9225 25906 2409 6532348 30331 31104 767B 7980 27373 15552 6AED 3CC0 2505 15902 09C9 3E1E349 10588 24272 295C 5ED0 5294 12136 14AE 2F68 27806 21084 6C9E 525C350 32154 27123 7D9A 69F3 16077 31429 3ECD 7AC5 2408 25723 0968 647B. . . continued on next pageE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedJuly 1999 E-9SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)351 29572 5578 7384 15CA 14786 2789 39C2 0AE5 13347 13427 3423 3473352 13173 25731 3375 6483 18538 31869 486A 7C7D 7885 31084 1ECD 796C353 10735 10662 29EF 29A6 17703 5331 4527 14D3 6669 24023 1A0D 5DD7354 224 11084 00E0 2B4C 112 5542 0070 15A6 8187 23931 1FFB 5D7B355 12083 31098 2F33 797A 17993 15549 4649 3CBD 18145 15836 46E1 3DDC356 22822 16408 5926 4018 11411 8204 2C93 200C 14109 6085 371D 17C5357 2934 6362 0B76 18DA 1467 3181 05BB 0C6D 14231 30324 3797 7674358 27692 2719 6C2C 0A9F 13846 19315 3616 4B73 27606 27561 6BD6 6BA9359 10205 14732 27DD 398C 16958 7366 423E 1CC6 783 13821 030F 35FD360 7011 22744 1B63 58D8 23649 11372 5C61 2C6C 6301 269 189D 010D361 22098 1476 5652 05C4 11049 738 2B29 02E2 5067 28663 13CB 6FF7362 2640 8445 0A50 20FD 1320 24130 0528 5E42 15383 29619 3C17 73B3363 4408 21118 1138 527E 2204 10559 089C 293F 1392 2043 0570 07FB364 102 22198 0066 56B6 51 11099 0033 2B5B 7641 6962 1DD9 1B32365 27632 22030 6BF0 560E 13816 11015 35F8 2B07 25700 29119 6464 71BF366 19646 10363 4CBE 287B 9823 23041 265F 5A01 25259 22947 62AB 59A3367 26967 25802 6957 64CA 25979 12901 657B 3265 19813 9612 4D65 258C368 32008 2496 7D08 09C0 16004 1248 3E84 04E0 20933 18698 51C5 490A369 7873 31288 1EC1 7A38 24240 15644 5EB0 3D1C 638 16782 027E 418E370 655 24248 028F 5EB8 20631 12124 5097 2F5C 16318 29735 3FBE 7427371 25274 14327 62BA 37F7 12637 21959 315D 55C7 6878 2136 1ADE 0858372 16210 23154 3F52 5A72 8105 11577 1FA9 2D39 1328 8086 0530 1F96373 11631 13394 2D6F 3452 18279 6697 4767 1A29 14744 10553 3998 2939374 8535 1806 2157 070E 16763 903 417B 0387 22800 11900 5910 2E7C375 19293 17179 4B5D 431B 29822 28593 747E 6FB1 25919 19996 653F 4E1C376 12110 10856 2F4E 2A68 6055 5428 17A7 1534 4795 5641 12BB 1609377 21538 25755 5422 649B 10769 31857 2A11 7C71 18683 28328 48FB 6EA8378 10579 15674 2953 3D3A 17785 7837 4579 1E9D 32658 25617 7F92 6411379 13032 7083 32E8 1BAB 6516 17385 1974 43E9 1586 26986 0632 696A380 14717 29096 397D 71A8 19822 14548 4D6E 38D4 27208 5597 6A48 15DD381 11666 3038 2D92 0BDE 5833 1519 16C9 05EF 17517 14078 446D 36FE382 25809 16277 64D1 3F95 25528 20982 63B8 51F6 599 13247 0257 33BF383 5008 25525 1390 63B5 2504 32742 09C8 7FE6 16253 499 3F7D 01F3384 32418 20465 7EA2 4FF1 16209 27076 3F51 69C4 8685 30469 21ED 7705385 22175 28855 569F 70B7 31391 30311 7A9F 7667 29972 17544 7514 4488386 11742 32732 2DDE 7FDC 5871 16366 16EF 3FEE 22128 28510 5670 6F5E387 22546 20373 5812 4F95 11273 27126 2C09 69F6 19871 23196 4D9F 5A9C388 21413 9469 53A5 24FD 30722 23618 7802 5C42 19405 13384 4BCD 3448389 133 26155 0085 662B 20882 32041 5192 7D29 17972 4239 4634 108F390 4915 6957 1333 1B2D 22601 17322 5849 43AA 8599 20725 2197 50F5391 8736 12214 2220 2FB6 4368 6107 1110 17DB 10142 6466 279E 1942392 1397 21479 0575 53E7 21354 26575 536A 67CF 26834 28465 68D2 6F31393 18024 31914 4668 7CAA 9012 15957 2334 3E55 23710 19981 5C9E 4E0D394 15532 32311 3CAC 7E37 7766 28967 1E56 7127 27280 16723 6A90 4153395 26870 11276 68F6 2C0C 13435 5638 347B 1606 6570 4522 19AA 11AA396 5904 20626 1710 5092 2952 10313 0B88 2849 7400 678 1CE8 02A6397 24341 423 5F15 01A7 32346 20207 7E5A 4EEF 26374 15320 6706 3BD8398 13041 2679 32F1 0A77 18600 19207 48A8 4B07 22218 29116 56CA 71BC399 23478 15537 5BB6 3CB1 11739 20580 2DDB 5064 29654 5388 73D6 150C400 1862 10818 0746 2A42 931 5409 03A3 1521 13043 22845 32F3 593D. . . continued on next pageE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-10Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)401 5850 23074 16DA 5A22 2925 11537 0B6D 2D11 24457 28430 5F89 6F0E402 5552 20250 15B0 4F1A 2776 10125 0AD8 278D 17161 8660 4309 21D4403 12589 14629 312D 3925 18758 21166 4946 52AE 21314 2659 5342 0A63404 23008 29175 59E0 71F7 11504 30407 2CF0 76C7 28728 8803 7038 2263405 27636 13943 6BF4 3677 13818 21767 35FA 5507 22162 19690 5692 4CEA406 17600 11072 44C0 2B40 8800 5536 2260 15A0 26259 22169 6693 5699407 17000 29492 4268 7334 8500 14746 2134 399A 22180 8511 56A4 213F408 21913 5719 5599 1657 31516 17687 7B1C 4517 2266 17393 08DA 43F1409 30320 7347 7670 1CB3 15160 16485 3B38 4065 10291 11336 2833 2C48410 28240 12156 6E50 2F7C 14120 6078 3728 17BE 26620 13576 67FC 3508411 7260 25623 1C5C 6417 3630 31799 0E2E 7C37 19650 22820 4CC2 5924412 17906 27725 45F2 6C4D 8953 30746 22F9 781A 14236 13344 379C 3420413 5882 28870 16FA 70C6 2941 14435 0B7D 3863 11482 20107 2CDA 4E8B414 22080 31478 5640 7AF6 11040 15739 2B20 3D7B 25289 8013 62C9 1F4D415 12183 28530 2F97 6F72 17947 14265 461B 37B9 12011 18835 2EEB 4993416 23082 24834 5A2A 6102 11541 12417 2D15 3081 13892 16793 3644 4199417 17435 9075 441B 2373 29661 24453 73DD 5F85 17336 9818 43B8 265A418 18527 32265 485F 7E09 30207 28984 75FF 7138 10759 4673 2A07 1241419 31902 3175 7C9E 0C67 15951 18447 3E4F 480F 26816 13609 68C0 3529420 18783 17434 495F 441A 30079 8717 757F 220D 31065 10054 7959 2746421 20027 12178 4E3B 2F92 30413 6089 76CD 17C9 8578 10988 2182 2AEC422 7982 25613 1F2E 640D 3991 31802 0F97 7C3A 24023 14744 5DD7 3998423 20587 31692 506B 7BCC 31205 15846 79E5 3DE6 16199 17930 3F47 460A424 10004 25384 2714 6328 5002 12692 138A 3194 22310 25452 5726 636C425 13459 18908 3493 49DC 19353 9454 4B99 24EE 30402 11334 76C2 2C46426 13383 25816 3447 64D8 19443 12908 4BF3 326C 16613 15451 40E5 3C5B427 28930 4661 7102 1235 14465 18214 3881 4726 13084 11362 331C 2C62428 4860 31115 12FC 798B 2430 29433 097E 72F9 3437 2993 0D6D 0BB1429 13108 7691 3334 1E0B 6554 16697 199A 4139 1703 11012 06A7 2B04430 24161 1311 5E61 051F 32480 19635 7EE0 4CB3 22659 5806 5883 16AE431 20067 16471 4E63 4057 30433 28183 76E1 6E17 26896 20180 6910 4ED4432 2667 15771 0A6B 3D9B 21733 20721 54E5 50F1 1735 8932 06C7 22E4433 13372 16112 343C 3EF0 6686 8056 1A1E 1F78 16178 23878 3F32 5D46434 28743 21062 7047 5246 27123 10531 69F3 2923 19166 20760 4ADE 5118435 24489 29690 5FA9 73FA 32260 14845 7E04 39FD 665 32764 0299 7FFC436 249 10141 00F9 279D 20908 24050 51AC 5DF2 20227 32325 4F03 7E45437 19960 19014 4DF8 4A46 9980 9507 26FC 2523 24447 25993 5F7F 6589438 29682 22141 73F2 567D 14841 25858 39F9 6502 16771 3268 4183 0CC4439 31101 11852 797D 2E4C 28014 5926 6D6E 1726 27209 25180 6A49 625C440 27148 26404 6A0C 6724 13574 13202 3506 3392 6050 12149 17A2 2F75441 26706 30663 6852 77C7 13353 30175 3429 75DF 29088 10193 71A0 27D1442 5148 32524 141C 7F0C 2574 16262 0A0E 3F86 7601 9128 1DB1 23A8443 4216 28644 1078 6FE4 2108 14322 083C 37F2 4905 7843 1329 1EA3444 5762 10228 1682 27F4 2881 5114 0B41 13FA 5915 25474 171B 6382445 245 23536 00F5 5BF0 20906 11768 51AA 2DF8 6169 11356 1819 2C5C446 21882 18045 557A 467D 10941 27906 2ABD 6D02 21303 11226 5337 2BDA447 3763 25441 0EB3 6361 22153 32652 5689 7F8C 28096 16268 6DC0 3F8C448 206 27066 00CE 69BA 103 13533 0067 34DD 8905 14491 22C9 389B449 28798 13740 707E 35AC 14399 6870 383F 1AD6 26997 8366 6975 20AE450 32402 13815 7E92 35F7 16201 21703 3F49 54C7 15047 26009 3AC7 6599. . . continued on next pageE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedJuly 1999 E-11SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)451 13463 3684 3497 0E64 19355 1842 4B9B 0732 17460 5164 4434 142C452 15417 23715 3C39 5CA3 20428 24685 4FCC 606D 17629 17126 44DD 42E6453 23101 15314 5A3D 3BD2 31950 7657 7CCE 1DE9 10461 21566 28DD 543E454 14957 32469 3A6D 7ED5 19686 29014 4CE6 7156 21618 21845 5472 5555455 23429 9816 5B85 2658 31762 4908 7C12 132C 11498 28149 2CEA 6DF5456 12990 4444 32BE 115C 6495 2222 195F 08AE 193 9400 00C1 24B8457 12421 5664 3085 1620 18834 2832 4992 0B10 16140 19459 3F0C 4C03458 28875 7358 70CB 1CBE 27061 3679 69B5 0E5F 13419 7190 346B 1C16459 4009 27264 0FA9 6A80 22020 13632 5604 3540 10864 3101 2A70 0C1D460 1872 28128 0750 6DE0 936 14064 03A8 36F0 28935 491 7107 01EB461 15203 30168 3B63 75D8 19553 15084 4C61 3AEC 18765 25497 494D 6399462 30109 29971 759D 7513 27422 29877 6B1E 74B5 27644 29807 6BFC 746F463 24001 3409 5DC1 0D51 32560 18580 7F30 4894 21564 26508 543C 678C464 4862 16910 12FE 420E 2431 8455 097F 2107 5142 4442 1416 115A465 14091 20739 370B 5103 19029 26301 4A55 66BD 1211 4871 04BB 1307466 6702 10191 1A2E 27CF 3351 24027 0D17 5DDB 1203 31141 04B3 79A5467 3067 12819 0BFB 3213 21549 22325 542D 5735 5199 9864 144F 2688468 28643 19295 6FE3 4B5F 26145 27539 6621 6B93 16945 12589 4231 312D469 21379 10072 5383 2758 30737 5036 7811 13AC 4883 5417 1313 1529470 20276 15191 4F34 3B57 10138 21399 279A 5397 25040 8549 61D0 2165471 25337 27748 62F9 6C64 24748 13874 60AC 3632 7119 14288 1BCF 37D0472 19683 720 4CE3 02D0 30625 360 77A1 0168 17826 8503 45A2 2137473 10147 29799 27A3 7467 16897 29711 4201 740F 4931 20357 1343 4F85474 16791 27640 4197 6BF8 28955 13820 711B 35FC 25705 15381 6469 3C15475 17359 263 43CF 0107 28727 20159 7037 4EBF 10726 18065 29E6 4691476 13248 24734 33C0 609E 6624 12367 19E0 304F 17363 24678 43D3 6066477 22740 16615 58D4 40E7 11370 28239 2C6A 6E4F 2746 23858 0ABA 5D32478 13095 20378 3327 4F9A 18499 10189 4843 27CD 10952 7610 2AC8 1DBA479 10345 25116 2869 621C 17892 12558 45E4 310E 19313 18097 4B71 46B1480 30342 19669 7686 4CD5 15171 26710 3B43 6856 29756 20918 743C 51B6481 27866 14656 6CDA 3940 13933 7328 366D 1CA0 14297 7238 37D9 1C46482 9559 27151 2557 6A0F 17275 31547 437B 7B3B 21290 30549 532A 7755483 8808 28728 2268 7038 4404 14364 1134 381C 1909 16320 0775 3FC0484 12744 25092 31C8 6204 6372 12546 18E4 3102 8994 20853 2322 5175485 11618 22601 2D62 5849 5809 25112 16B1 6218 13295 26736 33EF 6870486 27162 2471 6A1A 09A7 13581 19183 350D 4AEF 21590 10327 5456 2857487 17899 25309 45EB 62DD 29477 32594 7325 7F52 26468 24404 6764 5F54488 29745 15358 7431 3BFE 27592 7679 6BC8 1DFF 13636 7931 3544 1EFB489 31892 17739 7C94 454B 15946 27801 3E4A 6C99 5207 5310 1457 14BE490 23964 12643 5D9C 3163 11982 22157 2ECE 568D 29493 554 7335 022A491 23562 32730 5C0A 7FDA 11781 16365 2E05 3FED 18992 27311 4A30 6AAF492 2964 19122 0B94 4AB2 1482 9561 05CA 2559 12567 6865 3117 1AD1493 18208 16870 4720 41E6 9104 8435 2390 20F3 12075 7762 2F2B 1E52494 15028 10787 3AB4 2A23 7514 23341 1D5A 5B2D 26658 15761 6822 3D91495 21901 18400 558D 47E0 31510 9200 7B16 23F0 21077 12697 5255 3199496 24566 20295 5FF6 4F47 12283 27039 2FFB 699F 15595 24850 3CEB 6112497 18994 1937 4A32 0791 9497 19956 2519 4DF4 4921 15259 1339 3B9B498 13608 17963 3528 462B 6804 27945 1A94 6D29 14051 24243 36E3 5EB3499 27492 7438 6B64 1D0E 13746 3719 35B2 0E87 5956 30508 1744 772C500 11706 12938 2DBA 328A 5853 6469 16DD 1945 21202 13982 52D2 369E. . . continued on next pageE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-12Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn14–Chip Delay 13–Chip Delay 0–Chip Delay Pilot I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q I Q PN (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.) (Dec.) (Hex.)501 14301 19272 37DD 4B48 19006 9636 4A3E 25A4 11239 25039 2BE7 61CF502 23380 29989 5B54 7525 11690 29870 2DAA 74AE 30038 24086 7556 5E16503 11338 8526 2C4A 214E 5669 4263 1625 10A7 30222 21581 760E 544D504 2995 18139 0BB3 46DB 21513 27985 5409 6D51 13476 21346 34A4 5362505 23390 3247 5B5E 0CAF 11695 18539 2DAF 486B 2497 28187 09C1 6E1B506 14473 28919 3889 70F7 19860 30279 4D94 7647 31842 23231 7C62 5ABF507 6530 7292 1982 1C7C 3265 3646 0CC1 0E3E 24342 18743 5F16 4937508 20452 20740 4FE4 5104 10226 10370 27F2 2882 25857 11594 6501 2D4A509 12226 27994 2FC2 6D5A 6113 13997 17E1 36AD 27662 7198 6C0E 1C1E510 1058 2224 0422 08B0 529 1112 0211 0458 24594 105 6012 0069511 12026 6827 2EFA 1AAB 6013 17257 177D 4369 16790 4534 4196 11B6 E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming InformationJuly 1999 E-1SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2PN Offset BackgroundAll channel elements transmitted from a BTS in a particular 1.25 MHzCDMA channel are orthonogonally spread by 1 of 64 possible Walshcode functions; additionally, they are also spread by a quadrature pair ofPN sequences unique to each sector.Overall, the mobile uses this to differentiate multiple signals transmittedfrom the same BTS (and surrounding BTS) sectors, and to synchronizeto the next strongest sector.The PN offset per sector is stored on the BBX2s, where thecorresponding I & Q registers reside.The PN offset values are determined on a per BTS/per sector(antenna)basis as determined by the appropriate cdf file content. A breakdown ofthis information is found in Table E-2.PN Offset Usage There are three basic RF chip delays currently in use. It is important todetermine what RF chip delay is valid to be able to test the BTSfunctionality. This can be done by ascertaining if the CDF file FineTxAdj value was set to “on” when the MCC was downloaded with“image data”. The FineTxAdj value is used to compensate for theprocessing delay (approximately 20 mS) in the BTS using any type ofmobile meeting IS–97 specifications.Observe the following guidelines:SIf the FineTxAdj value in the cdf file is 101 (65 HEX), theFineTxAdj has not been set. The I and Q values from the 0 tableMUST be used.If the FineTxAdj value in the cdf file is 213 (D5 HEX), FineTxAdj hasbeen set for the 14 chip table.SIf the FineTxAdj value in the cdf file is 197 (C5 HEX), FineTxAdjhas been set for the 13 chip table.CDF file I and Q values can be represented in DECIMALor HEX. If using HEX, add 0x before the HEX value. Ifnecessary, convert HEX values in Table E-2 to decimalbefore comparing them to cdf file I & Q value assignments.IMPORTANT*– If you are using a Qualcomm mobile, use the I and Q values fromthe 13 chip delay table.– If you are using a mobile that does not have the 1 chip offsetproblem, (any mobile meeting the IS–97 specification), use the 14chip delay table.E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-2If the wrong I and Q values are used with the wrongFineTxAdj parameter, system timing problems will occur.This will cause the energy transmitted to be “smeared”over several Walsh codes (instead of the single Walsh codethat it was assigned to), causing erratic operation. Evidenceof smearing is usually identified by Walsh channels not atcorrect levels or present when not selected in the CodeDomain Power Test.IMPORTANT*E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedJuly 1999 E-3SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset HEXEquiv I values(14 chips) Q values(14 chips)Offset 0 0I = 4473 Q = 5BA3Offset 1 1I = 7E24 Q = 7F4DOffset 2 2I = 125C Q = 43F6Offset 3 3I = 3846 Q = 66DDOffset 4 4I = 3A33 Q = FABOffset 5 5I = 4281 Q = 8D0Offset 6 6I = 3999 Q = 48DBOffset 7 7I = ADF Q = 446Offset 8 8I = 16C8 Q = 52D2Offset 9 9I = 3077 Q = 3611Offset 10 aI = 7A3F Q = 7C17Offset 11 bI = 1D9D Q = 49CAOffset 12 cI = 485B Q = 7917Offset 13 dI = 74E0 Q = 5794Offset 14 eI = 6260 Q = 4EC8Offset 15 fI = 66AA Q = 3042Offset 16 10 I = 779F Q = 2BB3Offset 17 11 I = 3CB4 Q = 2E3AOffset 18 12 I = 59F2 Q = 289BOffset 19 13 I = 4E33 Q = 6D83Offset 20 14 I = FD2 Q = 6B07Offset 21 15 I = 615 Q = 5647Offset 22 16 I = 7636 Q = 81DOffset 23 17 I = 4650 Q = 35BEOffset 24 18 I = 4E58 Q = 2E02Offset 25 19 I = 2F6F Q = DD7Offset 26 1a I = 441D Q = 1C10Offset 27 1b I = 441E Q = 93AOffset 28 1c I = 13EE Q = 64F0Offset 29 1d I = 2456 Q = 2F91Offset 30 1e I = 4302 Q = 28A2Offset 31 1f I = 144E Q = 77DOffset 32 20 I = 11FE Q = 452COffset 33 21 I = 60E4 Q = 2986Offset 34 22 I = 431C Q = 1A9CE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-4Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 35 23 I = 290B Q = 380EOffset 36 24 I = 27AD Q = 2AF7Offset 37 25 I = 5D2A Q = 61ABOffset 38 26 I = 7AC1 Q = A5COffset 39 27 I = FEB Q = 4DBAOffset 40 28 I = 272E Q = 7DAOffset 41 29 I = 4258 Q = 6550Offset 42 2a I = 3791 Q = 6F73Offset 43 2b I = 6797 Q = 2EB0Offset 44 2c I = 6C7F Q = 7CCBOffset 45 2d I = 7594 Q = 63F5Offset 46 2e I = 1EF2 Q = 2C51Offset 47 2f I = 3777 Q = 6E26Offset 48 30 I = 44E5 Q = 367BOffset 49 31 I = 5A29 Q = 210EOffset 50 32 I = 13EB Q = 257BOffset 51 33 I = 7FE7 Q = 123EOffset 52 34 I = 1BCA Q = 3950Offset 53 35 I = 1E13 Q = 72E7Offset 54 36 I = 4B8B Q = 5082Offset 55 37 I = 6E34 Q = 194FOffset 56 38 I = 7393 Q = 2ACDOffset 57 39 I = 4D03 Q = 47FAOffset 58 3a I = 3A35 Q = 58C6Offset 59 3b I = 4EC0 Q = 147FOffset 60 3c I = 56E9 Q = 7501Offset 61 3d I = 67D6 Q = 16A4Offset 62 3e I = 1BF1 Q = 41BDOffset 63 3f I = 3B17 Q = 11B0Offset 64 40 I = 3BAA Q = 1527Offset 65 41 I = 5A6D Q = 2836Offset 66 42 I = 3FD4 Q = 4296Offset 67 43 I = 69AC Q = 1EA6Offset 68 44 I = 34CF Q = 2A0AOffset 69 45 I = 297C Q = 35F6E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedJuly 1999 E-5SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 70 46 I = 3E6A Q = 41D6Offset 71 47 I = 6D3E Q = 31BOffset 72 48 I = 30BF Q = 262EOffset 73 49 I = 600 Q = 5EE3Offset 74 4a I = C7F Q = C64Offset 75 4b I = 11C5 Q = 8B5Offset 76 4c I = 45E0 Q = 5323Offset 77 4d I = 333D Q = 4209Offset 78 4e I = 1D52 Q = 1B96Offset 79 4f I = 6BEA Q = 1D6COffset 80 50 I = 7985 Q = 63E7Offset 81 51 I = 743B Q = 37A4Offset 82 52 I = 6857 Q = 6D95Offset 83 53 I = 4FAD Q = 76C8Offset 84 54 I = 48B0 Q = 13E6Offset 85 55 I = 1CDF Q = 3F5EOffset 86 56 I = 5A80 Q = 1BF7Offset 87 57 I = 5BAA Q = AEOffset 88 58 I = 3E3C Q = 63BAOffset 89 59 I = 64C6 Q = 910Offset 90 5a I = 6DE6 Q = 5A49Offset 91 5b I = 6D78 Q = 5DB1Offset 92 5c I = 18BF Q = A2COffset 93 5d I = 5404 Q = 722Offset 94 5e I = 66E2 Q = 7885Offset 95 5f I = 4322 Q = 3D53Offset 96 60 I = 57BE Q = A1DOffset 97 61 I = F44 Q = 61A8Offset 98 62 I = 632E Q = 46F3Offset 99 63 I = 6CF3 Q = 310BOffset 100 64 I = 2594 Q = 21DEOffset 101 65 I = 195B Q = 50AOffset 102 66 I = 41EC Q = 1137Offset 103 67 I = 428A Q = 48BOffset 104 68 I = 7E95 Q = 2FB7E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-6Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 105 69 I = 6B19 Q = 1C55Offset 106 6a I = 20BE Q = 2312Offset 107 6b I = 15F8 Q = 63CBOffset 108 6c I = 590 Q = C3AOffset 109 6d I = 32EA Q = 7AAEOffset 110 6e I = 3D42 Q = 184EOffset 111 6f I = 69DD Q = 4F74Offset 112 70 I = 2149 Q = 6206Offset 113 71 I = 7618 Q = 5B54Offset 114 72 I = 191D Q = 2AAEOffset 115 73 I = 69EC Q = 5925Offset 116 74 I = 108E Q = 7B92Offset 117 75 I = 1408 Q = 1133Offset 118 76 I = 39FE Q = 2B1Offset 119 77 I = 32E0 Q = 69A5Offset 120 78 I = 2981 Q = 6BA5Offset 121 79 I = 7BEC Q = 3FB3Offset 122 7a I = 35F3 Q = 5742Offset 123 7b I = 6153 Q = 6B9EOffset 124 7c I = 4BD Q = 5650Offset 125 7d I = 8F2 Q = 5A60Offset 126 7e I = 7B3F Q = 2FA7Offset 127 7f I = 2F38 Q = 4BDOffset 128 80 I = 1E2A Q = 3A8Offset 129 81 I = 6AB0 Q = 1880Offset 130 82 I = 5A5A Q = 7EBEOffset 131 83 I = 252 Q = 34F3Offset 132 84 I = 64CC Q = 2255Offset 133 85 I = 7925 Q = 60F5Offset 134 86 I = 7F49 Q = 524COffset 135 87 I = C05 Q = 7C93Offset 136 88 I = 434F Q = 14C9Offset 137 89 I = 7B42 Q = 227Offset 138 8a I = 223C Q = 2F53Offset 139 8b I = 3C0F Q = 1326E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedJuly 1999 E-7SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 140 8c I = 3474 Q = 7C7Offset 141 8d I = 44FA Q = 3844Offset 142 8e I = 34A3 Q = 463EOffset 143 8f I = 564F Q = 4C6EOffset 144 90 I = 60E5 Q = B9AOffset 145 91 I = 10D3 Q = 5A0FOffset 146 92 I = 5AFC Q = 3B36Offset 147 93 I = 561 Q = 71A6Offset 148 94 I = 6FEE Q = 28DOffset 149 95 I = 18CE Q = 4AD3Offset 150 96 I = 4182 Q = 5C24Offset 151 97 I = 3986 Q = 2A7EOffset 152 98 I = 6455 Q = 7954Offset 153 99 I = 536C Q = 789BOffset 154 9a I = 2F75 Q = 2CE8Offset 155 9b I = 7126 Q = 5FE1Offset 156 9c I = 5972 Q = 2572Offset 157 9d I = 6B1 Q = 51F8Offset 158 9e I = 753A Q = 76B5Offset 159 9f I = 93D Q = 1C82Offset 160 a0 I = 6A2B Q = 49F6Offset 161 a1 I = 742C Q = 5A61Offset 162 a2 I = 1621 Q = 6015Offset 163 a3 I = 5C77 Q = 5B05Offset 164 a4 I = 690 Q = 1E54Offset 165 a5 I = 6505 Q = 38B6Offset 166 a6 I = 6470 Q = 5482Offset 167 a7 I = 4B2D Q = 2D1AOffset 168 a8 I = 6907 Q = 6756Offset 169 a9 I = 78B1 Q = 3E42Offset 170 aa I = 2CE8 Q = 235AOffset 171 ab I = 4FE Q = C1FOffset 172 ac I = 7B43 Q = 2F6Offset 173 ad I = 71F3 Q = 4090Offset 174 ae I = 4FF8 Q = 4F97E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-8Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 175 af I = 16B8 Q = 27E0Offset 176 b0 I = 763E Q = 4522Offset 177 b1 I = 56AC Q = 20D5Offset 178 b2 I = 1826 Q = 6FDAOffset 179 b3 I = 7E4D Q = 79FOffset 180 b4 I = 36DE Q = 4F78Offset 181 b5 I = 3E01 Q = 6848Offset 182 b6 I = 4D83 Q = D1BOffset 183 b7 I = 72B7 Q = 2EC7Offset 184 b8 I = 3428 Q = 7CC6Offset 185 b9 I = 59C1 Q = 2609Offset 186 ba I = 7BCB Q = 25A6Offset 187 bb I = 298D Q = 77B3Offset 188 bc I = 636E Q = 33AEOffset 189 bd I = 48B2 Q = 56A9Offset 190 be I = 18E0 Q = 807Offset 191 bf I = 1ECF Q = 223FOffset 192 c0 I = 1E32 Q = 3DECOffset 193 c1 I = 5BB4 Q = 3EFDOffset 194 c2 I = 379 Q = 17BAOffset 195 c3 I = 5295 Q = 7A0DOffset 196 c4 I = 5028 Q = 3E08Offset 197 c5 I = 54A5 Q = 4F93Offset 198 c6 I = 3E5F Q = 21DAOffset 199 c7 I = 5487 Q = 330Offset 200 c8 I = 7990 Q = 5725Offset 201 c9 I = E72 Q = 737BOffset 202 ca I = 3FC2 Q = 3316Offset 203 cb I = 4415 Q = 28DCOffset 204 cc I = 54E2 Q = 44B6Offset 205 cd I = 4590 Q = 4F35Offset 206 ce I = 7574 Q = 4E14Offset 207 cf I = 31C1 Q = 1A7DOffset 208 d0 I = 6E51 Q = 7EF5Offset 209 d1 I = 4F93 Q = 1788E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedJuly 1999 E-9SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 210 d2 I = 3605 Q = 5028Offset 211 d3 I = 3436 Q = 7CCFOffset 212 d4 I = 6484 Q = 65CFOffset 213 d5 I = 4D98 Q = 6A43Offset 214 d6 I = 1443 Q = 19D6Offset 215 d7 I = 5AB3 Q = 2ADAOffset 216 d8 I = 6E52 Q = 1587Offset 217 d9 I = 1863 Q = 42DFOffset 218 da I = 1BD Q = 3EC0Offset 219 db I = 5362 Q = 7B7EOffset 220 dc I = 33C8 Q = 1234Offset 221 dd I = 4828 Q = 3639Offset 222 de I = 6559 Q = 41B3Offset 223 df I = 794B Q = 18E3Offset 224 e0 I = 445 Q = 6061Offset 225 e1 I = 16C5 Q = 17A7Offset 226 e2 I = 7B3A Q = 2719Offset 227 e3 I = 7489 Q = 1745Offset 228 e4 I = 46E2 Q = 2D4DOffset 229 e5 I = 60ED Q = 568BOffset 230 e6 I = 2F Q = 3ACAOffset 231 e7 I = C82 Q = 4042Offset 232 e8 I = 5443 Q = 6CFBOffset 233 e9 I = 1D2D Q = 7E0Offset 234 ea I = 62D1 Q = 4301Offset 235 eb I = 1FEF Q = 3DE9Offset 236 ec I = 6F67 Q = 7775Offset 237 ed I = 137F Q = E10Offset 238 ee I = 1EE3 Q = 1001Offset 239 ef I = 4540 Q = 29FOffset 240 f0 I = 384F Q = 5126Offset 241 f1 I = 7900 Q = 5F97Offset 242 f2 I = 6708 Q = 6ACDOffset 243 f3 I = 4A77 Q = 4BBCOffset 244 f4 I = 4AD8 Q = 62BEE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-10Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 245 f5 I = ED8 Q = 2521Offset 246 f6 I = 2073 Q = 661FOffset 247 f7 I = 3276 Q = 342FOffset 248 f8 I = 4CBA Q = 86AOffset 249 f9 I = 6129 Q = 35B3Offset 250 fa I = 5637 Q = 6BFEOffset 251 fb I = 3650 Q = 420Offset 252 fc I = 6A3E Q = 585Offset 253 fd I = E65 Q = CEFOffset 254 fe I = 41B4 Q = 1357Offset 255 ff I = 57CF Q = 2EDOffset 256 100 I = 1AC2 Q = 18A3Offset 257 101 I = 3C4A Q = 3C1Offset 258 102 I = 4B84 Q = 936Offset 259 103 I = 2146 Q = 6EBEOffset 260 104 I = 396A Q = 79DEOffset 261 105 I = 53E4 Q = 2CCBOffset 262 106 I = 770B Q = 229EOffset 263 107 I = 5DB0 Q = 18B7Offset 264 108 I = 778 Q = 1D13Offset 265 109 I = 686F Q = 6F9EOffset 266 10a I = 3D59 Q = 6205Offset 267 10b I = F29 Q = 17FBOffset 268 10c I = 4FD2 Q = 561FOffset 269 10d I = 418B Q = 7F21Offset 270 10e I = 7AB5 Q = 1BC8Offset 271 10f I = 41DC Q = 6F77Offset 272 110 I = 2082 Q = 288AOffset 273 111 I = 6F72 Q = 3AD9Offset 274 112 I = 6936 Q = 1405Offset 275 113 I = 4976 Q = 30F0Offset 276 114 I = 4EF8 Q = 5AAFOffset 277 115 I = 241D Q = 51DFOffset 278 116 I = 204F Q = DF0Offset 279 117 I = 48FC Q = 6755E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedJuly 1999 E-11SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 280 118 I = 201C Q = 72EDOffset 281 119 I = 1AB5 Q = 5FEBOffset 282 11a I = 258D Q = 2A1BOffset 283 11b I = 7B90 Q = 62ACOffset 284 11c I = 6B38 Q = 3ED4Offset 285 11d I = 3081 Q = 65ACOffset 286 11e I = 78B5 Q = 749COffset 287 11f I = 2496 Q = 3A82Offset 288 120 I = 2FC1 Q = 2F96Offset 289 121 I = 53D2 Q = 6237Offset 290 122 I = 1942 Q = 3DDEOffset 291 123 I = 2327 Q = 14D8Offset 292 124 I = 685E Q = 557DOffset 293 125 I = C9E Q = 5051Offset 294 126 I = 6D39 Q = 7591Offset 295 127 I = 6F31 Q = 5575Offset 296 128 I = 1A87 Q = 5C25Offset 297 129 I = 43BA Q = 65CCOffset 298 12a I = 2E38 Q = 26ECOffset 299 12b I = 2C8F Q = 6567Offset 300 12c I = 3CC1 Q = CDEOffset 301 12d I = 440A Q = 75DDOffset 302 12e I = 3A68 Q = 3C9BOffset 303 12f I = 34 Q = 14FBOffset 304 130 I = 6A76 Q = 2802Offset 305 131 I = 3AD8 Q = 6D94Offset 306 132 I = 2ABE Q = 397AOffset 307 133 I = 179 Q = 4C5EOffset 308 134 I = 37DF Q = 22A2Offset 309 135 I = 5F6B Q = 3BC1Offset 310 136 I = 6805 Q = 2A92Offset 311 137 I = 4E2B Q = 7A53Offset 312 138 I = 3ED6 Q = 4C13Offset 313 139 I = 5F36 Q = 4FEOffset 314 13a I = 26F1 Q = 2CA7E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-12Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 315 13b I = 72B4 Q = 7AA0Offset 316 13c I = 63D8 Q = 111DOffset 317 13d I = 6E79 Q = 3A32Offset 318 13e I = 1C9F Q = 5D97Offset 319 13f I = 7EC1 Q = 3EDBOffset 320 140 I = 66DE Q = 234DOffset 321 141 I = 39A8 Q = 5E62Offset 322 142 I = 3B18 Q = 18EFOffset 323 143 I = 74D8 Q = 6A2FOffset 324 144 I = 1094 Q = 41E8Offset 325 145 I = 2133 Q = 2370Offset 326 146 I = 2492 Q = 32A6Offset 327 147 I = 27BF Q = 70D6Offset 328 148 I = 78ED Q = 621EOffset 329 149 I = 31D3 Q = 4FC8Offset 330 14a I = 4B96 Q = 1A49Offset 331 14b I = 481 Q = 51F7Offset 332 14c I = 7278 Q = 3054Offset 333 14d I = 1799 Q = 367COffset 334 14e I = 54A4 Q = 6B9BOffset 335 14f I = 6D90 Q = 1FD8Offset 336 150 I = 2770 Q = 43CAOffset 337 151 I = 5B5C Q = 45ABOffset 338 152 I = 3CB6 Q = 382AOffset 339 153 I = 5DCD Q = 1D1DOffset 340 154 I = A7C Q = 66CDOffset 341 155 I = 4A4A Q = 1743Offset 342 156 I = 639D Q = 286AOffset 343 157 I = 1189 Q = 3390Offset 344 158 I = 7923 Q = 76C2Offset 345 159 I = 7308 Q = 1C8FOffset 346 15a I = 6375 Q = C0AOffset 347 15b I = 2E46 Q = 5396Offset 348 15c I = 767B Q = 7980Offset 349 15d I = 295C Q = 5ED0E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedJuly 1999 E-13SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 350 15e I = 7D9A Q = 69F3Offset 351 15f I = 7384 Q = 15CAOffset 352 160 I = 3375 Q = 6483Offset 353 161 I = 29EF Q = 29A6Offset 354 162 I = E0 Q = 2B4COffset 355 163 I = 2F33 Q = 797AOffset 356 164 I = 5926 Q = 4018Offset 357 165 I = B76 Q = 18DAOffset 358 166 I = 6C2C Q = A9FOffset 359 167 I = 27DD Q = 398COffset 360 168 I = 1B63 Q = 58D8Offset 361 169 I = 5652 Q = 5C4Offset 362 16a I = A50 Q = 20FDOffset 363 16b I = 1138 Q = 527EOffset 364 16c I = 66 Q = 56B6Offset 365 16d I = 6BF0 Q = 560EOffset 366 16e I = 4CBE Q = 287BOffset 367 16f I = 6957 Q = 64CAOffset 368 170 I = 7D08 Q = 9C0Offset 369 171 I = 1EC1 Q = 7A38Offset 370 172 I = 28F Q = 5EB8Offset 371 173 I = 62BA Q = 37F7Offset 372 174 I = 3F52 Q = 5A72Offset 373 175 I = 2D6F Q = 3452Offset 374 176 I = 2157 Q = 70EOffset 375 177 I = 4B5D Q = 431BOffset 376 178 I = 2F4E Q = 2A68Offset 377 179 I = 5422 Q = 649BOffset 378 17a I = 2953 Q = 3D3AOffset 379 17b I = 32E8 Q = 1BABOffset 380 17c I = 397D Q = 71A8Offset 381 17d I = 2D92 Q = BDEOffset 382 17e I = 64D1 Q = 3F95Offset 383 17f I = 1390 Q = 63B5Offset 384 180 I = 7EA2 Q = 4FF1E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-14Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 385 181 I = 569F Q = 70B7Offset 386 182 I = 2DDE Q = 7FDCOffset 387 183 I = 5812 Q = 4F95Offset 388 184 I = 53A5 Q = 24FDOffset 389 185 I = 85 Q = 662BOffset 390 186 I = 1333 Q = 1B2DOffset 391 187 I = 2220 Q = 2FB6Offset 392 188 I = 575 Q = 53E7Offset 393 189 I = 4668 Q = 7CAAOffset 394 18a I = 3CAC Q = 7E37Offset 395 18b I = 68F6 Q = 2C0COffset 396 18c I = 1710 Q = 5092Offset 397 18d I = 5F15 Q = 1A7Offset 398 18e I = 32F1 Q = A77Offset 399 18f I = 5BB6 Q = 3CB1Offset 400 190 I = 746 Q = 2A42Offset 401 191 I = 16DA Q = 5A22Offset 402 192 I = 15B0 Q = 4F1AOffset 403 193 I = 312D Q = 3925Offset 404 194 I = 59E0 Q = 71F7Offset 405 195 I = 6BF4 Q = 3677Offset 406 196 I = 44C0 Q = 2B40Offset 407 197 I = 4268 Q = 7334Offset 408 198 I = 5599 Q = 1657Offset 409 199 I = 7670 Q = 1CB3Offset 410 19a I = 6E50 Q = 2F7COffset 411 19b I = 1C5C Q = 6417Offset 412 19c I = 45F2 Q = 6C4DOffset 413 19d I = 16FA Q = 70C6Offset 414 19e I = 5640 Q = 7AF6Offset 415 19f I = 2F97 Q = 6F72Offset 416 1a0 I = 5A2A Q = 6102Offset 417 1a1 I = 441B Q = 2373Offset 418 1a2 I = 485F Q = 7E09Offset 419 1a3 I = 7C9E Q = C67E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedJuly 1999 E-15SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 420 1a4 I = 495F Q = 441AOffset 421 1a5 I = 4E3B Q = 2F92Offset 422 1a6 I = 1F2E Q = 640DOffset 423 1a7 I = 506B Q = 7BCCOffset 424 1a8 I = 2714 Q = 6328Offset 425 1a9 I = 3493 Q = 49DCOffset 426 1aa I = 3447 Q = 64D8Offset 427 1ab I = 7102 Q = 1235Offset 428 1ac I = 12FC Q = 798BOffset 429 1ad I = 3334 Q = 1E0BOffset 430 1ae I = 5E61 Q = 51FOffset 431 1af I = 4E63 Q = 4057Offset 432 1b0 I = A6B Q = 3D9BOffset 433 1b1 I = 343C Q = 3EF0Offset 434 1b2 I = 7047 Q = 5246Offset 435 1b3 I = 5FA9 Q = 73FAOffset 436 1b4 I = F9 Q = 279DOffset 437 1b5 I = 4DF8 Q = 4A46Offset 438 1b6 I = 73F2 Q = 567DOffset 439 1b7 I = 797D Q = 2E4COffset 440 1b8 I = 6A0C Q = 6724Offset 441 1b9 I = 6852 Q = 77C7Offset 442 1ba I = 141C Q = 7F0COffset 443 1bb I = 1078 Q = 6FE4Offset 444 1bc I = 1682 Q = 27F4Offset 445 1bd I = F5 Q = 5BF0Offset 446 1be I = 557A Q = 467DOffset 447 1bf I = EB3 Q = 6361Offset 448 1c0 I = CE Q = 69BAOffset 449 1c1 I = 707E Q = 35ACOffset 450 1c2 I = 7E92 Q = 35F7Offset 451 1c3 I = 3497 Q = E64Offset 452 1c4 I = 3C39 Q = 5CA3Offset 453 1c5 I = 5A3D Q = 3BD2Offset 454 1c6 I = 3A6D Q = 7ED5E
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-16Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 455 1c7 I = 5B85 Q = 2658Offset 456 1c8 I = 32BE Q = 115COffset 457 1c9 I = 3085 Q = 1620Offset 458 1ca I = 70CB Q = 1CBEOffset 459 1cb I = FA9 Q = 6A80Offset 460 1cc I = 750 Q = 6DE0Offset 461 1cd I = 3B63 Q = 75D8Offset 462 1ce I = 759D Q = 7513Offset 463 1cf I = 5DC1 Q = D51Offset 464 1d0 I = 12FE Q = 420EOffset 465 1d1 I = 370B Q = 5103Offset 466 1d2 I = 1A2E Q = 27CFOffset 467 1d3 I = BFB Q = 3213Offset 468 1d4 I = 6FE3 Q = 4B5FOffset 469 1d5 I = 5383 Q = 2758Offset 470 1d6 I = 4F34 Q = 3B57Offset 471 1d7 I = 62F9 Q = 6C64Offset 472 1d8 I = 4CE3 Q = 2D0Offset 473 1d9 I = 27A3 Q = 7467Offset 474 1da I = 4197 Q = 6BF8Offset 475 1db I = 43CF Q = 107Offset 476 1dc I = 33C0 Q = 609EOffset 477 1dd I = 58D4 Q = 40E7Offset 478 1de I = 3327 Q = 4F9AOffset 479 1df I = 2869 Q = 621COffset 480 1e0 I = 7686 Q = 4CD5Offset 481 1e1 I = 6CDA Q = 3940Offset 482 1e2 I = 2557 Q = 6A0FOffset 483 1e3 I = 2268 Q = 7038Offset 484 1e4 I = 31C8 Q = 6204Offset 485 1e5 I = 2D62 Q = 5849Offset 486 1e6 I = 6A1A Q = 9A7Offset 487 1e7 I = 45EB Q = 62DDOffset 488 1e8 I = 7431 Q = 3BFEOffset 489 1e9 I = 7C94 Q = 454BE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedJuly 1999 E-17SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 ChipsPN Offset Q values(14 chips)I values(14 chips)HEXEquivOffset 490 1ea I = 5D9C Q = 3163Offset 491 1eb I = 5C0A Q = 7FDAOffset 492 1ec I = B94 Q = 4AB2Offset 493 1ed I = 4720 Q = 41E6Offset 494 1ee I = 3AB4 Q = 2A23Offset 495 1ef I = 558D Q = 47E0Offset 496 1f0 I = 5FF6 Q = 4F47Offset 497 1f1 I = 4A32 Q = 791Offset 498 1f2 I = 3528 Q = 462BOffset 499 1f3 I = 6B64 Q = 1D0EOffset 500 1f4 I = 2DBA Q = 328AOffset 501 1f5 I = 37DD Q = 4B48Offset 502 1f6 I = 5B54 Q = 7525Offset 503 1f7 I = 2C4A Q = 214EOffset 504 1f8 I = BB3 Q = 46DBOffset 505 1f9 I = 5B5E Q = CAFOffset 506 1fa I = 3889 Q = 70F7Offset 507 1fb I = 1982 Q = 1C7COffset 508 1fc I = 4FE4 Q = 5104Offset 509 1fd I = 2FC2 Q = 6D5AOffset 510 1fe I = 422 Q = 8B0Offset 511 1ff I = 2EFA Q = 1AABE
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999E-18NotesE
July 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2 Index-1IndexNumbers10BaseT/10Base2 Converter, 1-610BaseT/10Base2 converter, LMF to BTSconnection, 3-72–way Splitter, 1-10AAbbreviatedRX acceptance test, all–inclusive, 4-2TX acceptance test, all–inclusive, 4-2Acceptance Test Procedures ATP , 1-1ACTIVE LEDGLI, 5-24MCC, 5-26ALARM LED, GLI, 5-24Alarm Monitor window, 2-8Alarm Reporting Display, 2-8Alarm Test Box, 1-10All inclusive, TX ATP test outline – CCP shelf 1,primary, 4-3, 4-5, 4-7, 4-9, 4-23Ancillary Equipment Frame identification, 1-17Ancillary frame, when to optimize, B-1ATPall inclusive TX acceptance test outline, 4-2generate failure report, 4-23generate report, 4-23test matrix/detailed optimization, B-2ATP – Code Domain Power, 4-18ATP – Frame Error Rate (FER), 4-21ATP – Pilot Time Offset, 4-16ATP – Spectral Purity Transmit Mask, 4-11ATP – Waveform Quality (rho), 4-14ATP Report, 4-23BBackplane DIP switch settings, 2-2Basic Troubleshooting Overview, 5-1Bay Level offset calibration failure, 5-6BBX, gain set point vs SIF output considerations, C-1BBX2 Connector, 5-14BBX2 LED Status Combinations, 5-26BTSEthernet LAN interconnect diagram, 3-17LMF connection, 3-7system software download, 3-2when to optimize, B-1BTS frame, DC Distribution Pre–test, 2-16BTS Log In Procedure, 3-16BTS Site Setup for Acceptance Test Procedures, 3-22,3-70, 4-17, 4-19, 4-22Create CAL File, 3-71bts–nnn Folders, 3-12bts–nnn.cal File, 3-12CC–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting, Procedure, 5-14C–CCP Shelf, 1-12Calibrating Cables, 3-55Calibrating Test Equipment, 3-55Calibration, data file calibration, BLO, 3-63Calibration Audit failure, 5-7calibration data file, description of, BLO, 3-63
Index – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999Index-2Cannot communicate to Communications Analyzer,5-3Cannot communicate to Power Meter, 5-2Cannot download CODE to any device card, 5-4Cannot Download DATA to any device card, 5-4Cannot ENABLE device, 5-5Cannot load BLO, 5-7Cannot Log into cell–site, 5-2Cannot perform carrier measurement, 5-9Cannot perform Code Domain Noise Powermeasurement, 5-9Cannot perform Rho or pilot time offsetmeasurement, 5-8Cannot perform Txmask measurement, 5-8cbsc folder, 3-13CCP, shelf 1 – all inclusive TX ATP test outline,primary, 4-3, 4-5, 4-7, 4-9, 4-23CD ROM Installation, 3-9CDFsite configuration, 3-1site equipage verification, 3-2site type and equipage data information, 2-1CDMA, optimization/ATP test matrix, B-1cdma Folder, 3-11cdpower test, 4-18Cell Siteequipage verification, 2-1types configuration, 3-1Cell Site Data File. See CDFCell Site Field Engineer CFE, 1-1CIO Connectors, 5-14Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Levels, 4-20Code Domain Power ATP , 4-19Code Domain Power test, 4-18Code Domain Power/Noise, 4-18code Folder, 3-14Communications System Analyzer, 1-7Communications system analyzer , 1-7, 1-8Connecting test equipment to the BTS, 3-40Connector FunctionalityBackplane, Troubleshooting, 5-13Troubleshooting, Backplane, 5-13Copying CAL files from CDMA LMF to the CBSC,3-10, 6-1Copying CAL files to the CBSC, 3-10, 6-2CSM, and LFR primary functions, 3-29CSM frequency verification, 3-30CSM LED Status Combinations, 5-22CyberTest Communication Analyzer, 1-8Ddata Folder, 3-15DC Distribution Pre–test, BTS frame detail, 2-16DC Power Problems, C–CCP BackplaneTroubleshooting, 5-19DC/DC Converter LED Status Combinations, 5-21Selecting Devices, 3-20Detailed, optimization/ATP test matrix, B-2Digital Control Problems, 5-15C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting, 5-15Digital Multimeter, 1-8DIP switch settings, 2-2Directional Coupler, 1-8Download, BTS system software, 3-2Download BDCs, 3-25Download BLO Procedure, 3-67Download/Enable MCCs, 3-28Download/Enable MGLIs, 3-24EE1, isolate BTS from the E1 spans, 3-3Enable CSMs & BDCs, 3-26Enabling Devices, 3-21Equipment, warm–up, CSM/LFR tests, 3-30Equipment setup, VSWRAdvantest Test Set, 3-82HP Test Set, 3-80Equipment warm-up, 3-42Ethernet LANinterconnect diagram, 3-17
Index – continuedJuly 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2 Index-3transceiver, 1-6Ethernet LAN links verification, 3-17Ethernet maintenance connector interface, illustration,3-8Ffer test, 4-21Files, calibration data file, BLO, 3-63Folder Structure Overview, 3-11Frame, equipage preliminary operations, 2-1FREQ Monitor Connector, CSM, 5-23Frequency counter, optional test equipment, 1-9Front panel, LEDs, CSM, 3-29Full Optimization Test, 4-8GGain set point, C-1General optimization checklist, test data sheets, A-4GLI Connector, 5-14GLI Ethernet A and B Connections, 5-14GLI LED Status Combinations, 5-24GLI Pushbuttons and Connectors, 5-25GPIB Cables, 1-8GPS, receiver operation, test data sheets, A-5GPS Initialization/Verificationestimated position accuracy, 3-34surveyed position accuracy, 3-34GPS satellite system, 3-27Graphical User Interface Overview , 3-19HHardware Requirements, 1-5High Stability 10 MHz Rubidium Standard, 1-10High–impedance Conductive Wrist Strap, 1-9HP8935 Analyzer, 1-8HSO Initialization/Verification, 3-30II and Q values, E-1, E-1I/Q, PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13,and 14 chips, E-3Initial Installation of Boards/Modules, preliminaryoperations, 2-1Initial power tests, test data sheets, A-3Installation and Update Procedures, 3-9Inter–frame cabling, when to optimize, B-2Intercabinet I/O, 1-15IS–97 specification, E-1, E-1ISB Inter Shelf Bus connectors, 5-13LLAN, BTS frame interconnect, illustration, 3-17LAN Connectors (A & B), GLI, 5-25LED, description front panel, CSM, 3-29LED Status Combinations for all Modules exceptGLI2 CSM BBX2 MCC24 MCC8E, 5-21LFR, receiver operation, test data sheets, A-6LMFEthernet maintenance connector interface detail,illustration, 3-8to BTS connection, 3-3, 3-7view CDF information, 3-2lmf Folder, 3-11LMF Removal, 6-3Loading Code, 3-24loads folder, 3-13Local Area Network (LAN) Tester, 1-9Logging Out, 3-16Logical BTS, 3-19LORAN–C Initialization/Verification, 3-38LPA Module LED, 5-27LPA Shelf LED Status Combinations, 5-27MManual, layout, 1-1MASTER LED, GLI, 5-24MCC LED Status Combinations, 5-26
Index – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999Index-4MCC/CE, 4-18Miscellaneous errors, 5-5MMI ConnectorCSM, 5-23GLI, 5-25MMI Connectors, MCC, 5-26Model SLN2006A MMI Interface Kit, 1-7Module status indicators, 5-21Motorola, SC9600 Base Transceiver Subsystem, 1-1Multi–FER test Failure, 5-10NNetwork Test Equipment Setup, 3-53New Installations, 1-3No AMR control, 5-17No BBX2 control in the shelf, 5-17No DC input voltage to Power Supply Module, 5-19No DC voltage +5 +65 or +15 Volts to a specificGLI2 BBX2 or Switch board, 5-20No GLI2 Control through span line connection, 5-16No GLI2 Control via LMF, 5-15No or missing MCC24 channel elements, 5-18No or missing span line traffic, 5-18North American PCS Frequency Spectrum CDMAAllocation, D-1Null modem cable detail, 3-42OOnline Help, 1-2Optimization, 1-1Optimization/ATP Test Matrix, 1-3Optional Test Equipment, 1-9Optional test equipment, frequency counter, 1-9Oscilloscope, 1-10PPA Shelves, 1-12PCMCIA, Ethernet adapter, LMF to BTS connection,3-7Pilot Time Offset. See PNPing, 3-17PNI/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of, 0, 13,and 14 chips – table, E-3offset programming information, E-1, E-1offset usage, E-1, E-1PN offset per sector, E-1, E-1PN Offset Usage , E-1, E-1Power Input, 5-13Power Meter, 1-8Power Supply Module Interface, 5-13Pre–power tests, test data sheets, A-3Preliminary operationscell Site types, 2-1test data sheets, A-2Prepare to Leave the SiteExternal test equipment removal, 6-1LMF Removal, 6-3Reestablish OMC–R control, 6-3Verify T1/E1, 6-3Printing an ATP Report, 4-23Procedures to Copy CAL Files From Diskette to theCBSC, 3-10, 5-2, 5-3, 5-4, 6-2, 6-3Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette, 3-10, 6-1Procedures to Disable devices, 3-22Procedures to Reset devices, 3-22Product Description, 1-2Program, TSU NAM, 3-76Program TSU NAM, 3-76Pseudorandom Noise. See PNptoff test, 4-16PWR/ALM and ACTIVE LEDs, MCC, 5-26PWR/ALM LEDBBX2, 5-26CSM, 5-22DC/DC Converter, 5-21generic, 5-21MCC, 5-26
Index – continuedJuly 1999 SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMFPRELIMINARY 2 Index-5RRe–calibrate BLO, 3-61Reestablish OMC–R control, 6-3Reference Distribution Module RDM Input/Output,5-13Required documents, 1-3, 1-4Required Test EquipmentEthernet LAN transceiver, 1-6substitute equipment, 1-5RESET Pushbutton, GLI, 5-25Resetting BTS modules, 6-1RF Adapters, 1-9RF Attenuators, 1-8RF Load, 1-9RF Path Bay Level Offset Calibration, 3-61RF Test Cable, 1-9RFDS Calibration, 3-77RFDS Location, SC 4812ET, 1-18rho test, 4-14RS–232 to GPIB Interface, 1-7RXall inclusive TX ATP test, 4-4antenna VSWR, test data sheets, A-16RX Frame Error Rate (FER) ATP, 4-21RX VSWR procedureAdvantest Test Set, 3-82HP Test Set, 3-80SSC 4812 BTS Optimization/ATP Test Matrix, B-4SCLPA, convergence test data sheets, A-7Selecting Test Equipment, 3-52Setting Cable Loss Values, 3-60SIF, output considerations vs BBX gain set point, C-1Site, equipage verification, 3-2Site checklist, verification data sheets, A-2site equippage, CDF file, 3-1Sorting Status Report Widows, 3-23Span Line (T1/E1) Verification Equipment, 1-9Span Line connector , 5-13Span Problems no control link, Troubleshooting, 5-28SPANS LED, 5-24Spectrum Analyzer, 1-9STATUS LED, GLI, 5-24SYNC Monitor Connector, CSM, 5-23TT1, isolate BTS from the T1 spans, 3-3Test data sheetsgeneral optimization checklist, A-4GPS receiver operation, A-5initial power tests, A-3LFR receiver operation, A-6pre–power tests, A-3preliminary operations, A-2RX antenna VSWR, A-16SCLPA convergence, A-7site checklist, A-2TX antenna VSWR, A-15, A-16TX BLO, A-8, A-13verification of test equipment used, A-1Test equipmenttransmit and receive antenna VSWR, 3-79verification data sheets, A-1Test Equipment Policy, 1-4Test Equipment Setup, 3-40Test Equipment Setup Calibration for TX Bay LevelOffset, 3-58Test equipment setup RF path calibration, 3-65Test Set Calibration, 3-51Timing Reference Cables, 1-8Transmit TX path audit, 3-68Transmit TX path calibration, 3-66TroubleshootingDC Power Problems, 5-19Span Problems no control link, 5-28TX and RX Signal Routing, 5-20Troubleshooting CSM Checklist, 5-11TXall inclusive TX ATP test, 4-2antenna VSWR, test data sheets, A-15, A-16
Index – continuedPRELIMINARY 2SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF July 1999Index-6BLO test data sheets, A-8, A-13TX & RX Path Calibration, 3-61TX and RX Frequency vs Channel , D-3TX and RX Signal Routing, C–CCP BackplaneTroubleshooting, 5-20TX Audit Test, 3-69TX Bay Level Offset and TX ATP test equipmentsetup calibration, 3-57TX Calibration Test, 3-66TX Code Domain Power ATP, 4-18tx fine adjust, E-1, E-1TX Mask Verification, spectrum analyzer display,illustration, 4-13TX Output Acceptance Tests – IntroductionCode domain power, 4-10Pilot time offset, 4-10Spectral purity TX mask, 4-10Waveform Quality (rho), 4-10TX Path Calibration, 3-62TX Pilot Time Offset ATP, 4-16TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask ATP, 4-11TX VSWR procedureAdvantest Test Set, 3-82HP Test Set, 3-80TX Waveform Quality (rho) ATP, 4-14TX/RX OUT Connections, 4-2txmask test, 4-11UUnshielded Twisted Pair. See UTPUpdating CDMA LMF Files, 3-9, 6-1UTPcable (RJ11 connectors), 3-8LMF to BTS connection, 3-7VVerify, test equipment used, test data sheets, A-1version Folder, 3-13Voltage Standing Wave Ratio. See VSWRVSWRmanual test setup detailAdvantest illustration, 3-83HP illustration, 3-81measure and calculate RX/TX VSWR for eachantennaAdvantest Test Set, 3-82HP Test Set, 3-80required test equipment, 3-79transmit and receive antenna, 3-79VSWR Calculation, 3-80, 3-83VSWR Equation, 3-80, 3-83WWalsh channels, 4-18When to optimizeAncillary – table, B-1BTS, B-1inter–frame cabling, B-2XXCVR Backplane Troubleshooting, 5-13Xircom Model PE3–10B2, LMF to BTS connection,3-7

Navigation menu